Date post: | 26-Nov-2015 |
Category: |
Documents |
Upload: | coco-greece |
View: | 207 times |
Download: | 7 times |
© 2003 Panasonic Communications Co., Ltd. Allrights reserved. Unauthorized copying anddistribution is a violation of law.
KX-FC195G-GKX-FC195GR-GKX-FC195JT-GKX-FC195SP-GGray color
(for Germany)
(for Greece)
(for Italy)
(for Spain)
Plain Paper FAX with DECT
IMPORTANT INFORMATION ABOUT LEAD FREE, (PbF), SOLDERINGIf lead free solder was used in the manufacture of this product the printed circuit boards will be marked PbF.
Standard leaded, (Pb), solder can be used as usual on boards without the PbF mark.
When this mark does appear please read and follow the special instructions described in this manual on the use of PbF and howit might be permissible to use Pb solder during service and repair work.
ORDER NO. KMF0305647C2
1 INTRODUCTION 4
1.1. TRANSLATION LISTS 4
1.2. ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF: Pb free) 10
1.3. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 12
1.4. INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST 12
1.5. FOR SERVICE TECHNICIANS 12
1.6. BATTERY CAUTION 12
1.7. AC CAUTION 13
1.8. PERSONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 13
1.9. SERVICE PRECAUTIONS 14
2 FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS 15
2.1. FEATURES 15
2.2. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIES 15
2.3. SPECIFICATIONS 16
3 LOCATION 17
3.1. OVERVIEW 17
3.2. HANDSET 17
3.3. BASE UNIT 19
4 INSTALLATION 23
4.1. INSTALLATION SPACE 23
4.2. CONNECTION AND SETUP 24
4.3. INSTALLING THE INK FILM 26
4.4. REPLACING THE INK FILM 27
4.5. INSTALLING THE PAPER TRAY 28
4.6. INSTALLING THE METAL RECORDING PAPER GUIDE
28
4.7. INSTALLING THE RECORDING PAPER 29
4.8. SETTING YOUR LOGO 30
5 MAINTENANCE 33
5.1. MAINTENANCE ITEMS AND COMPONENT LOCATIONS
33
5.2. GEAR SECTION 35
5.3. JAMS 40
5.4. CLEANING 43
6 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS 45
6.1. DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART 45
6.2. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE 47
7 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE 63
7.1. USER RECOVERABLE ERRORS 63
7.2. PROGRAMMING AND LISTS 65
7.3. TEST FUNCTIONS 69
7.4. REMOTE PROGRAMMING 72
7.5. THE EXAMPLE OF THE PRINTED LIST 81
7.6. TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS 89
8 ADJUSTMENTS 157
8.1. ADJUSTMENTS (CORDLESS BASE UNIT) 157
8.2. ADJUSTMENTS (PORTABLE HANDSET) 163
8.3. FREQUENCY TABLE (MHz) 167
9 CIRCUIT OPERATIONS 168
9.1. CONNECTION DIAGRAM 168
9.2. GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM 169
9.3. CONTROL SECTION 171
9.4. FACSIMILE SECTION 180
9.5. SENSORS AND SWITCHES 186
9.6. MODEM SECTION 189
9.7. DESCRIPTION OF BLOCK DIAGRAM IN ANALOG
SECTION 196
9.8. NCU SECTION 198
9.9. SPEAKERPHONE AND MONITOR SECTION 201
9.10. ATAS (Automatic Telephone Answering System)
SECTION 201
9.11. OPERATION BOARD SECTION 202
9.12. LCD SECTION 203
9.13. POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION 204
9.14. CORDLESS BASE SECTION 207
9.15. PORTABLE HANDSET SECTION 210
9.16. CPU DATA (CORDLESS BASE UNIT) 212
9.17. CPU DATA (PORTABLE HANDSET UNIT) 213
9.18. EEPROM LAYOUT (CORDLESS BASE UNIT) 215
9.19. EEPROM LAYOUT (PORTABLE HANDSET) 218
10 REFERENCE MATERIAL DATA 220
10.1. TERMINAL GUIDE OF THE ICs TRANSISTORS AND
DIODES 220
10.2. HOW TO REPLACE THE FLAT PACKAGE IC 221
10.3. TEST CHART 223
11 FIXTURES AND TOOLS 225
12 CABINET, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PARTS
LOCATION 226
12.1. GENERAL SECTION 226
12.2. OPERATION PANEL SECTION 227
12.3. UPPER CABINET SECTION 228
12.4. BACK COVER SECTION 229
12.5. LOWER CABINET / P.C.BOARD SECTION 231
12.6. MOTOR BLOCK SECTION 232
12.7. HANDSET SECTION 233
12.8. ACTUAL SIZE OF SCREWS 234
13 ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS 235
14 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST 236
14.1. CABINET AND ELECTRICAL PARTS 236
14.2. DIGITAL BOARD PARTS 238
14.3. ANALOG BOARD PARTS 240
14.4. OPERATION BOARD PARTS 242
14.5. POWER SUPPLY BOARD PARTS 243
14.6. CORDLESS BASE BOARD PARTS 244
14.7. HANDSET BOARD PARTS 245
14.8. FIXTURES AND TOOLS 246
15 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD 247
15.1. ANALOG BOARD (PCB2): BOTTOM VIEW 247
15.2. ANALOG BOARD (PCB2): COMPONENT VIEW 248
15.3. DIGITAL BOARD (PCB1): BOTTOM VIEW 249
15.4. DIGITAL BOARD (PCB1): COMPONENT VIEW 250
15.5. OPERATION BOARD (PCB3):BOTTOM VIEW 251
CONTENTS Page Page
2
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
15.6. OPERATION BOARD (PCB3):COMPONENT VIEW 252
15.7. POWER SUPPLY BOARD (PCB4) 253
15.8. CORDLESS BASE BOARD (PCB5):BOTTOM VIEW 254
15.9. CORDLESS BASE BOARD (PCB5):COMPONENT VIEW
255
15.10. PORTABLE HANDSET BOARD (PCB6):FLOW SOLDER
SIDE VIEW 256
15.11. PORTABLE HANDSET BOARD (PCB6):COMPONENT
VIEW 257
16 FOR THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS 258
17 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM 259
17.1. ANALOG BOARD (PCB2) 259
17.2. DIGITAL BOARD (PCB1) 261
17.3. OPERATION BOARD (PCB3) 265
17.4. POWER SUPPLY BOARD (PCB4) 266
17.5. CORDLESS BASE BOARD (PCB5) 267
17.6. HANDSET BOARD (PCB6) 269
3
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1 INTRODUCTION1.1. TRANSLATION LISTS
1.1.1. LCD MESSAGES
1.1.1.1. KX-FC195G-G (GERMAN)
4
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.1.1.2. KX-FC195JT-G (ITALIAN)
5
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.1.1.3. KX-FC195SP-G (SPANISH)
6
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.1.2. ERROR MESSAGES
1.1.2.1. KX-FC195G-G (GERMAN)
1.1.2.2. KX-FC195JT-G (ITALIAN)
7
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.1.3. PANEL LISTS
1.1.2.3. KX-FC195SP-G (SPANISH)
1.1.3.1. KX-FC195G-G (GERMAN)
8
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.1.3.2. KX-FC195JT-G (ITALIAN)
9
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.2. ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF: Pb free)Note:
In the information below, Pb, the symbol for lead in the periodic table of elements, will refer to standard solder or solder thatcontains lead.
We will use PbF when discussing the lead free solder used in our manufacturing process which is made from Tin (Sn), Silver,(Ag), and Copper, (Cu).
This model, and others like it, manufactured using lead free solder will have PbF stamped on the PCB. For service and repairwork we suggest using the same type of solder although, with some precautions, standard Pb solder can also be used.
Caution
· PbF solder has a melting point that is 50° ~ 70° F, (30° ~ 40°C) higher than Pb solder. Please use a soldering iron withtemperature control and adjust it to 700° ± 20° F, (370° ± 10°C). In case of using high temperature soldering iron, pleasebe careful not to heat too long.
· PbF solder will tend to splash if it is heated much higher than its melting point, approximately 1100°F, (600°C).
· If you must use Pb solder on a PCB manufactured using PbF solder, remove as much of the original PbF solder as possibleand be sure that any remaining is melted prior to applying the Pb solder.
· When applying PbF solder to double layered boards, please check the component side for excess which may flow onto theopposite side (See figure, below).
1.2.1. SUGGESTED PbF SOLDER
There are several types of PbF solder available commercially. While this product is manufactured using Tin, Silver, and Copper,
(Sn+Ag+Cu), you can also use Tin and Copper, (Sn+Cu), or Tin, Zinc, and Bismuth, (Sn+Zn+Bi). Please check the manufac
turer’s specific instructions for the melting points of their products and any precautions for using their product with other
materials.
The following lead free (PbF) solder wire sizes are recommended for service of this product: 0.3mm, 0.6mm and 1.0mm.
10
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.2.2. HOW TO RECOGNIZE THAT Pb FREE SOLDER IS USED
P.C.Boards marked as “PbF” use Pb Free solder. (See the figure below.)
Pb Free is not used the Power Supply Board of this unit.
(Example : Digital Board)
E
E
REF-CH
VOICE
L512
R508
R727
X501
R537
R538
R539
R635
Q51
3C7
33R5
59C7
31R6
33R6
32C6
33
C617
R526
C541
L506
R62
R62
RA50
9 RA5
IC50
75
4
13
Q50
5C6
10
R529
2344
C609
R540
R541 R5
60
C548
C621
R681
R601 C5
27
J501
C623
R510
+3.3VBAT
VIDEO
ABTEST
109
RA504 RA50211 20
108 7372
37361
144
IC501
AMON NMI
XTEST
ADR13ADR14ADR15
C631
R729
C622
IC512
+2.5V
RESET
FTG
+2.5VBAT
CN504CN508
PFUP1320ZAPbF
C611
C522
C515
C521
C605R725
CN503
C547 C662CN
3C632
C732 R623
10 1
C545R658
R736
C540
R552R553
X502
R545C519C518
C734
R533
C509R523R522
8 1
8 1
Marked PbF
(Digital Board : Bottom View)
Note:
The “PbF” marked may be found on different areas of the same P.C.Board, depending on manufacture date.
11
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.3. SAFETY PRECAUTIONS 1. Before servicing, unplug the AC power cord to prevent an electric shock.
2. When replacing parts, use only the manufacturer´s recommended components.
3. Check the condition of the power cord. Replace if wear or damage is evident.
4. After servicing, be sure to restore the lead dress, insulation barriers, insulation papers, shields, etc.
5. Before returning the serviced equipment to the customer, be sure to perform the following insulation resistance test to preventthe customer from being exposed to shock hazards.
1.4. INSULATION RESISTANCE TEST 1. Unplug the power cord and short the two prongs of the plug with a jumper wire.
2. Turn on the power switch.
3. Measure the resistance value with an ohmmeter between the jumpered AC plug and each exposed metal cabinet part
(screw heads, control shafts, bottom frame, etc.).
Note: Some exposed parts may be isolated from the chassis by design. These will read infinity.
4. If the measurement is outside the specified limits, there is a possibility of a shock hazard.
1.5. FOR SERVICE TECHNICIANSICs and LSIs are vulnerable to static electricity.
When repairing, the following precautions will help prevent recurring malfunctions.
1. Cover the plastic part´s boxes with aluminum foil.
2. Ground the soldering irons.
3. Use a conductive mat on the worktable.
4. Do not touch the IC or LSI pins with bare fingers.
1.6. BATTERY CAUTIONCAUTION
Danger of explosion if the battery is incorrectly replaced. Replace only with the same or equivalent type recommended by themanufacturer. Dispose of used batteries according to the manufacturer’s Instructions.
The lithium battery is a critical component (type No. CR2032). Please observe for the proper polarity and the exact locationwhen replacing it and soldering the replacement lithium battery in.
Recommend Type Number:
CR2032 (BAT501) Manufactured by MATSUSHITA/SONY/TOSHIBA/HITACHI
12
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.7. AC CAUTIONFor safety, before closing the lower cabinet, please make sure of the following precautions.
1. The earth lead is fixed with the screw.
2. The AC connector is connected properly.
3. Wrap the earth lead around the core 3 times.
4. Wrap the AC lead around the core 3 times.
1.8. PERSONAL SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
1.8.1. MOVING SECTIONS OF THE UNIT
Be careful not to let your hair, clothes, fingers, accessories, etc., become caught in any moving sections of the unit.
The moving sections of the unit are the rollers and a gear. There is a separation roller and a document feed roller which are rotatedby the document feed motor. A gear rotates the two rollers. Be careful not to touch them with your hands, especially when the unitis operating.
13
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1.8.2. LIVE ELECTR ICAL SECTIONS
All the electrical sections of the unit supplied with AC power by the AC power cord are live.
Never disassemble the unit for service with the AC power supply plugged in.
CAUTION:
AC voltage is supplied to the primary side of the power supply unit. Therefore, always unplug the AC power cord beforedisassembling for service.
1.9. SERVICE PRECAUTIONS
1.9.1. PRECAUTIONS TO PREVENT DAMAGE FROM STATIC ELECTRICITY
Electrical charges accumulate on a person. For instance, clothes rubbing together can damage electric elements or change theirelectrical characteristics. In order to prevent static electricity, touch a metallic part that is grounded to release the static electricity.Never touch the electrical sections such as the power supply unit, etc.
14
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
General
· Help function
Display: Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
− − QUICK SET UP
− − FEATURE LIST
− − DIRECTORY
− − TAD OPERATION
− − FAX RECEIVING
− − COPIER
− − REPORTS
· LCD (Liquid Crystal Display) readout
Plain Paper Facsimile Machine
· 8 second transmission speed *
· A4, G3 compatible
· Automatic document feeder (up to 10 sheets)
· Quick scan
· Resolution: Standard, Fine/Photo (64 level), Super fine
· Broadcast with Navigator
· 50-sheet recording paper capacity (20 lb.)
· Automatic TAD/FAX switching
* The 8 second speed is based upon the ITU-T No. 1 TestChart on the condition that memory transmission is performed.
Large Memor y... Performed by DRAM
Approx. 28 pages of memory reception
Approx. 25 pages of memory transmission
Integrated Telephone System
· On-hook dialing
· Digital duplex speakerphone
· Voice muting
· Redialing function
· Both the handset and base unit up to 120-Stationtelephone directory in total.
Enhanced Copier Function
· Multi-copy function (up to 50 copies)
· Enlargement and reduction
· Collate
· 64-Level (Fine/Photo)
Digital Answering System
· Voice Time / Day Stamp
· 18-Minutes recording time
· Voice pager call
DECT Cordless
· Fax activation from portable handset
· Caller ID compatible
Feature requires a subscription to caller identificationservices offered by certain local telephone companies for atee. You and your caller(s) must be in areas that providecaller identification services, and compatible equipmentmust be used by both telephone companies. Feature notavailable when the unit is connected to a PBX system.
2 FEATURES AND SPECIFICATIONS2.1. FEATURES
2.2. OPTIONAL ACCESSORIESModel No. Description Specifications
KX-FA55X Replacement Film*1 2 rolls-216 mm × 50 m(Each roll with print about 140 A4-sized pages)
P03P Rechargeable Batteries Nickel metal hydride (Ni-MH) batteries.P03H Rechargeable Batteries Nickel cadmium (Ni-Cd) batteries.KX-A142EX Additional handset*2 -------------------------
*1 We recommend that you buy a full-size replacement film for continuous use of your unit. Please use genuine Panasonicreplacement film. The ink film is not reusable. Do not rewind and use the ink film again.
*2 Additional handsets have answering device controls printed on their cases, however, remote operation of the base unit’sanswering device is not possible.
15
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
2.3. SPECIFICATIONS
2.3.1. BASE UNIT
Applicable lines: Public Switched Telephone NetworkDocument size: Max. 216 mm in width, Max. 600 mm in lengthEffective scanning width: 208 mmEffective printing width: 202 mmRecording paper size: A4: 210 × 297 mmRecording paper weight: 60g/m2 to 90 g/m2
Transmission time* 1: Approx. 8 s/page (ECM-MMR)*2
Scanning density: Horizontal: 8 pels/mm
Vertical:
3.85 lines/mm —in standard resolution,
7.7 lines/mm —in fine/photo resolution,
15.4 lines/mm —in super fine resolutionPhoto resolution: 64-levelScanner type: Contact Image SensorPrinter type: Thermal Transfer on Plain PaperData compression system: Modified Huffman (MH), Modified READ (MR), Modified Modified READ (MMR)Modem speed: 14,400 / 12,000 / 9,600 / 7,200 / 4,800 / 2,400 bps; Automatic FallbackOperating environment: 5°C—35°C, 20%—80 % RH (Relative Humidity)Dimensions: Approx. height 199 mm × width 384 mm × depth 282 mmMass (Weight): Approx. 3.6 kgPower consumption: Standby: Approx. 10 W
Transmission: Approx. 22 W
Reception: Approx. 43 W (When receiving a 20% black document)
Copy: Approx. 45 W (When copying a 20% black document)
Maximum: Approx. 135 W (When copying a 100% black document)Power supply: 220-240 V AC, 50 HzFax memory capacity: Approx. 25 pages of memory transmission
Approx. 28 pages of memory reception
(Based on the ITU-T No. 1 Test Chart in standard resolution, without using the ErrorCorrection Mode.)
Voice memory capacity* 3: Approx. 18 minutes of recording time including greeting messages
*1 Transmission speed depends upon the contents of the pages, resolution, telephone line conditions and capability of the otherparty’s machine.
*2 Transmission speed is based upon the ITU-T No. 1 Test Chart. (Refer to ITU-T No.1 TEST CHART (P.223).) If the capability ofthe other party’s machine is inferior to your unit, the transmission time may be longer.
*3 Recording time may be reduced by the calling party´s background noise.
2.3.2. HANDSET
Standard: DECT (Digital Enhanced Cordless Telecommunications)
GAP (Generic Access Profile)Number of channels 120 Duplex ChannelsFrequency range: 1.88 GHz to 1.9 GHzDuplex procedure: TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access)Channel spacing: 1,728 kHzBit rate: 1152 kbit/sModulation: GFSKRF transmission power: Approx. 250 mWVoice coding: ADPCM 32 kbit/sOperation range: Up to 300 m outdoors, Up to 50 m indoorsOperating environment: 5°C—35°C, 20%—80% RH (Relative Humidity)Dimensions: Approx. height 143 mm × width 48 mm × depth 32 mmMass (Weight): Approx. 120 g
Note: Any details given in these instructions are subject to change without notice.
16
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(1) Speaker
(2) Document guides
(3) Paper tray
(4) Metal Recording paper guide
(5) Recording paper entrance
(6) Recording paper exit
(7) Tension plate
(8) Antenna
(9) Front cover
(10) Document exit
(11) Microphone
(12) Document entrance
(13) Green button (Back cover release button)
(14) Back cover
(KX-FC195G-G only)
3 LOCATION3.1. OVERVIEW
3.2. HANDSET
3.2.1. KX-FC195G-G
17
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
3.2.2. KX-FC195GR-G
3.2.3. KX-FC195JT-G/KX-FC195SP-G
18
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(1) [SLOW]
· To slow down message playback.
(2) [QUICK]
· To speed up message playback.
(3) [RECORD]
· To record your greeting message.
(4) [ERASE]
· To erase messages.
(5) [PLAY MESSA GES]
· To play messages.
(6) [AUTO ANSWER]
· To turn on/off the auto answer setting.
(7) [BROADCAST]
· To transmit a document to multiple parties.
(8) [LOCA TOR/HOLD]
· To locate the handset.
· To put a call on hold.
(9) [FLASH]
· To access special telephone services such as callwaiting or for transferring extension calls.
(10) [REDIAL/PAUSE]
· To redial the last number dialed from the base unit.
· To insert a pause during dialing.
(11) [MUTE]
· To mute your voice to the other party during aconversation. Press this button again to resume theconversation.
(12) [DIGITAL SP-PHONE]
· For speakerphone operation.
(13) [NAVIGATOR] [VOLUME]
· To adjust volume.
· To search for a stored entry.
· To select features or feature settings duringprogramming.
· To navigate to the next operation.
(14) [HELP]
· To print a quick reference.
(15) [MENU]
· To initiate or exit programming.
(16) [COPY]
· To initiate copying.
(17) [FAX/START] [SET]
· To initiate fax transmission or reception.
· To store a setting during programming.
(18) [STOP]
· To stop an operation or programming.
3.3. BASE UNIT
3.3.1. KX-FC195G-G
19
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(1) [SLOW]
· To slow down message playback.
(2) [QUICK]
· To speed up message playback.
(3) [RECORD]
· To record your greeting message.
(4) [ERASE]
· To erase messages.
(5) [PLAY MESSA GES]
· To play messages.
(6) [AUTO ANSWER]
· To turn on/off the auto answer setting.
(7) [BROADCAST]
· To transmit a document to multiple parties.
(8) [LOCA TOR/HOLD]
· To locate the handset.
· To put a call on hold.
(9) [R]
· To access special telephone services such as callwaiting or for transferring extension calls.
(10) [REDIAL/PAUSE]
· To redial the last number dialed from the base unit.
· To insert a pause during dialing.
(11) [MUTE]
· To mute your voice to the other party during aconversation. Press this button again to resume theconversation.
(12) [DIGITAL SP-PHONE]
· For speakerphone operation.
(13) [NAVIGATOR] [VOLUME]
· To adjust volume.
· To search for a stored entry.
· To select features or feature settings duringprogramming.
· To navigate to the next operation.
(14) [HELP]
· To print a quick reference.
(15) [MENU]
· To initiate or exit programming.
(16) [COPY]
· To initiate copying.
(17) [FAX/START] [SET]
· To initiate fax transmission or reception.
· To store a setting during programming.
(18) [STOP]
· To stop an operation or programming.
3.3.2. KX-FC195GR-G
20
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(1) [SLOW]
· To slow down message playback.
(2) [QUICK]
· To speed up message playback.
(3) [RECORD]
· To record your greeting message.
(4) [ERASE]
· To erase messages.
(5) [PLAY MESSA GES]
· To play messages.
(6) [AUTO ANSWER]
· To turn on/off the auto answer setting.
(7) [BROADCAST]
· To transmit a document to multiple parties.
(8) [LOCA TOR/HOLD]
· To locate the handset.
· To put a call on hold.
(9) [RECALL]
· To access special telephone services such as callwaiting or for transferring extension calls.
(10) [REDIAL/PAUSE]
· To redial the last number dialed from the base unit.
· To insert a pause during dialing.
(11) [MUTE]
· To mute your voice to the other party during aconversation. Press this button again to resume theconversation.
(12) [DIGITAL SP-PHONE]
· For speakerphone operation.
(13) [NAVIGATOR] [VOLUME]
· To adjust volume.
· To search for a stored entry.
· To select features or feature settings duringprogramming.
· To navigate to the next operation.
(14) [HELP]
· To print a quick reference.
(15) [MENU]
· To initiate or exit programming.
(16) [COPY]
· To initiate copying.
(17) [FAX/START] [SET]
· To initiate fax transmission or reception.
· To store a setting during programming.
(18) [STOP]
· To stop an operation or programming.
(19) [TONE]
· To change from pulse to tone temporarily during diallingwhen your line has rotary pulse services.
3.3.3. KX-FC195JT-G
21
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(1) [SLOW]
· To slow down message playback.
(2) [QUICK]
· To speed up message playback.
(3) [RECORD]
· To record your greeting message.
(4) [ERASE]
· To erase messages.
(5) [PLAY MESSA GES]
· To play messages.
(6) [AUTO ANSWER]
· To turn on/off the auto answer setting.
(7) [BROADCAST]
· To transmit a document to multiple parties.
(8) [LOCA TOR/HOLD]
· To locate the handset.
· To put a call on hold.
(9) [R]
· To access special telephone services such as callwaiting or for transferring extension calls.
(10) [REDIAL/PAUSE]
· To redial the last number dialed from the base unit.
· To insert a pause during dialing.
(11) [MUTE]
· To mute your voice to the other party during aconversation. Press this button again to resume theconversation.
(12) [DIGITAL SP-PHONE]
· For speakerphone operation.
(13) [NAVIGATOR] [VOLUME]
· To adjust volume.
· To search for a stored entry.
· To select features or feature settings duringprogramming.
· To navigate to the next operation.
(14) [HELP]
· To print a quick reference.
(15) [MENU]
· To initiate or exit programming.
(16) [COPY]
· To initiate copying.
(17) [FAX/START] [SET]
· To initiate fax transmission or reception.
· To store a setting during programming.
(18) [STOP]
· To stop an operation or programming.
(19) [TONE]
· To change from pulse to tone temporarily during diallingwhen your line has rotary pulse services.
3.3.4. KX-FC195SP-G
22
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
4 INSTALLATION
4.1. INSTALLATION SPACEThe space required to install the unit is shown below.
The dimensions given are necessary for the unit to operate efficiently.
Note:
· Avoid excessive heat or humidity.
· Use the unit within the following ranges of temperature and humidity.
· Ambient temperature: 5°C to 35°C
· Relative humidity: 20% to 80% (without condensation)
· Power cord length should be less than 5 meters. Using a longer cord may reduce the voltage or cause malfunctions.
· Avoid direct sunlight.
· Do not install near devices which contain magnets or generate magnetic fields.
· Do not subject the unit to strong physical shock or vibration.
· Keep the unit clean. Dust accumulation can prevent the unit from functioning properly.
· To protect the unit from damage, hold both sides when you move it.
23
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
4.2. CONNECTION AND SETUP
4.2.1. CONNECTIONS
(1) Connect the telephone line cord.
(2) Connect the Power cord.
Caution:
· The power cord must remain connected at all times.
· Never install telephone wiring during a lightning storm.
· When you operate this product, the power outlet should be near the product and easily accessible.
· Be sure to use the telephone line cord included in this unit.
· Do not extend the telephone line cord.
Note:
· If any other device is connected on the same line, this unit may disturb the network condition of the device.
· Do not connect an answering machine to the same telephone line. If connected, set the automatic answer feature to off bypressing [AUTO ANSWER] .
24
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Place the handset on the cradle of the base unit for about7 hours before initial use.
Note:
Clean the handset charge contacts ( ) and the base unitcharge contacts ( ) with a dry cloth once a month, or thebatteries may not charge properly.
BATTERY STRENGTH
· During charging, the battery icon on the handset displayis shown as follows.
When the batteries are fully charged, flashes.
The handset is automatically turned on when placed onthe base unit.
In normal use, the handset and the base unit should bepowered on at all times.
· While the handset is off the base unit, the battery iconis shown as follows.
BATTERY LIFE
—When using fully charged nickel metal hydride (Ni-MH)batteries (700 mAh):
Talk time: Approx. 10 hours
Standby time: Approx. 120 hours
— When using fully charged nickel cadmium (Ni-Cd)batteries (250 mAh).
Talk time: Approx. 4 hours
Standby time: Approx. 40 hours
· Times indicated are for peak performance.
· The batteries cannot be overcharged.
· For maximum battery life, it is recommended that thehandset is not recharged until flashes or thehandset beeps intermittently while it is in use.
· Battery life is dependent on usage conditions andambient temperature.
Important:
· To prevent battery consumption, be sure to press[ ] if a busy tone sounds after using thehandset.
e.g., After receiving fax documents using thehandset.
4.2.2. BATTERY CHARGE
25
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
4.3. INSTALLING THE INK FILM 1. Open the front cover ( ) by pulling up the center part
( ).
2. Release the back cover by pushing the green button ( )on the right side of the unit.
OR
Release the back cover by pushing the green lever ( ) inthe unit.
3. Open the back cover ( ).
4. Insert the blue core of the front ink film roll ( ) into theright slot of the unit ( ).
Insert the gear with the blue core ( ) into the left slot ofthe unit ( ). Insert the rear ink film roll ( ).
· The ink film is safe to touch, and will not rub off on yourhands like carbon paper.
5. Turn the gear with the blue core ( ) in the direction of thearrow.
26
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
· Make sure that the ink film is wrapped around the bluecore ( ) at least once.
6. Close the back cover securely ( ) by pushing down on thedotted area at both ends ( ). Close the front coversecurely ( ).
4.4. REPLACING THE INK FILMThe included film roll is a complimentary starter ink film. Toensure that the unit operates properly, we recommend theuse of Panasonic replacement film. See page OPTIONALACCESSORIES (P.15) for accessory information.
· We cannot be responsible for any damage to the unit ordegradation of print quality which may occur from theuse of non-Panasonic replacement film.
1. Open the covers (See step 1 to 3 on INSTALLING THE INKFILM (P.26)).
2. Pull out the blue gear ( ) and remove the used ink film( ). Remove the used core ( ).
3. Remove the stoppers ( ) and tags ( ) from the new inkfilm ( ).
4. Insert the ink film and close the covers (See step 4 to 6 onINSTALLING THE INK FILM (P.26)).
27
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
4.5. INSTALLING THE PAPERTRAY
Insert the tab ( ) on the paper tray ( ) into the slots onthe back of the unit ( ).
4.6. INSTALLING THE METALRECORDING PAPER GUIDE
Attach the metal recording paper guide ( ) into the slotson the recording paper exit ( ).
· The recording paper will be ejected from the top of theunit after printing. The metal recording paper guideprevents the printed paper from curling.
28
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
4.7. INSTALLING THE RECORDINGPAPER
A4 size (210 mm × 297mm) recording paper can be loaded.The unit can hold up to 50 sheets of 80 g/m2 paper.
1. Before inserting a slack of paper, fan the paper to preventpaper jams.
2. Pull the tension plate forward ( ) and hold open whileinserting the paper.
· The paper should not be over the tab ( ).
· If the paper is not inserted correctly, readjust the paper,or the paper may jam.
4.7.1. DOCUMENT YOU CAN SEND
Document weight
· Single sheet: 45 g/m2 to 90 g/m2
· Multiple sheets: 60 g/m2 to 80 g/m2
Note:
· Remove chips, staples or other similar fasteners.
· Do not send the following types of documents. (Usecopies for fax transmission.)
— Chemically treated paper such as carbon orcarbonless duplicating paper
— Electrostatically charged paper
— Badly curled, creased or torn paper
— Paper with a coated surface
— Paper with a faint image
— Paper with printing on the opposite side that can beseen through the other side, such as newsprint.
· Check that ink, paste or correction fluid has driedcompletely.
· To transmit a document with a width of less than 210mm, we recommend using a copy machine to copy theoriginal document onto A4 or letter-sized paper, thantransmitting the copied document.
29
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
The logo can be your company, division or name.
Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4) andPANEL LISTS (P.8).
1. Press [MENU] .
2. Press [ ] or [ ] repeatedly to display the following.
3. Press [SET] .
Cursor ( ) will appear on the display.
4. Enter your logo, up to 30 characters.
5. Press [SET] .
· The next feature will be displayed.
6. Press [MENU] to exit the program.
Note:
· This information will be printed on each pagetransmitted from your unit.
To enter your logo
Example: “BILL“
1. Press [2] 2 times.
2. Press [4] 3 times.
3. Press [5] 3 times.
4. Press [ ] to move the cursor to the next space andpress [5] 3 times.
To change capital or lower- case letters
Pressing the [#] key will change to capital or lower-casealternatively.
1. Press [2] 2 times.
2. Press [4] 3 times.
3. Press [#] .
4. Press [5] 3 times.
To correct a mistake
Press [ ] or [ ] to move the cursor to the incorrectcharacter, and make the correction.
To delete a character
Press [ ] or [ ] to move the cursor to the character youwant to delete and press [STOP] .
To insert a character
1. Press [ ] or [ ] to move the cursor to the position tothe right of where you want to insert the character.
2. Press [MUTE] to insert a space and enter the character.
4.8. SETTING YOUR LOGO
30
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
To select characters with the dial keypad
Note:
To enter another character located on the same number key, press [ ] to move the cursor to the next space.
31
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
To select characters using [+] or [-]
Instead of pressing the dial keys, you can select charactersusing [+] or [-] .
1. Press [+] or [-] repeatedly to display the desiredcharacter.
2. Press [ ] to move the cursor to the next space.
· The character displayed is inserted.
3. Return to step 1 to enter the next character.
Display order of characters
32
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.1.1. OUTLINE
1. Periodic maintenance
Inspect the equipment periodically and if necessary, cleanany contaminated parts.
2. Check for breakd owns
Look for problems and consider how they arose.
If the equipment can be still used, perform copying, selftesting or communication testing.
3. Check equipment
Perform copying, self testing and communication testing todetermine if the problem originates from the transmitter,receiver or the telephone line.
4. Determine causes
Determine the causes of the equipment problem bytroubleshooting.
5. Equipment repairs
Repair or replace the defective parts and take appropriatemeasures at this stage to ensure that the problem will notrecur
6. Confirm normal operation of the equipment
After completing the repairs, conduct copying, self testingand communication testing to confirm that the equipmentoperates normally.
7. Record keeping
Make a record of the measures taken to rectify the problemfor future reference.
5 MAINTENANCE5.1. MAINTENANCE ITEMS AND COMPONENT LOCATIONS
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS ARE PERFORMED USING THE FOLLOWING STEPS.
5.1.2. MAINTENANCE CHECK ITEMS/COMPONENT LOCATIONS
33
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.1.2.1. MAINTENANCE LIST
NO. OPERATION CHECK REMARKS1 Document Path Remove any foreign matter such as paper. —2 Rollers If the roller is dirty, clean it with a damp cloth then dry
thoroughly.Refer to DOCUMENT FEEDER(P.43).
3 Platen Roller If the platen is dirty, clean it with a damp cloth then drythoroughly. Remove the paper and film cartridge beforecleaning.
—
4 Thermal Head If the thermal head is dirty, clean the printing surface witha cloth moistened with denatured alcohol (alcohol withoutwater), then dry thoroughly.
Refer to THERMAL HEAD (P.44).
5 Sensors Paper top sensor (PS501), Film end/Cover open switch(SW1), Document top switch (SW353), Document setswitch (SW352). Confirm the operation of the sensors.
See MAINTENANCE CHECKITEMS/COMPONENT LOCATIONS (P.33) andHOW TO REMOVE THE DIGITAL, ANALOG,POWER SUPPLY BOARDS AND AC INLET(P.57).
6 Glass If the glass is dirty, clean them with a dry soft cloth. Refer to DOCUMENT FEEDER(P.43).7 Abnormal, wear and tear
or loose partsReplace the part. Check if the screws are tight on all parts. —
5.1.2.2. MAINTENANCE CYCLE
No. Item Cleaning Cycle ReplacementCycle Procedure
1 Separation Roller (Ref. No. 117) 3 months 7 years* (31,500 documents) Refer to HOW TO REMOVE THESEPARATION ROLLER (P.60).
2 Separation Rubber (Ref. No. 5) 3 months 7 years (31,500 documents) Refer to DOCUMENT FEEDER(P.43).3 Feed Rollers (Ref. No. 4) 3 months 7 years (31,500 documents) Refer to DISASSEMBLY
INSTRUCTIONS(P.45).4 Thermal Head (Ref. No. 33) 3 months 7 years (31,500 documents) Refer to HOW TO REMOVE THE THERMAL
HEAD(P.51).5 Platen Roller (Ref. No. 93) 3 months 7 years (31,500 documents) Refer to HOW TO REMOVE THE PLATEN
ROLLER AND BACK COVER (P.52).6 Pickup Roller (Ref. No. 72) 3 months 7 years (31,500 documents) Refer to HOW TO REMOVE THE PICKUP
ROLLER (P.53).
* These values are standard and may vary depending on usage conditions.
34
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.2. GEAR SECTIONThis model provides a motor-driven gear mechanism for transmitting/copying documents and printing fax data. In this chapter,you will see how the gears work to select and operate a mode and how the gear section, sensors and rollers mechanically workduring the main operations (FAX transmission, FAX reception and Copy).
5.2.1. MODE SELECTION (See Fig. 1)
When a motor with Drive Motor Gear attached rotates counterclockwise (CCW), Swing Gear C engages CAM Gear to rotatecounterclockwise (CCW). This operation provide four mode options (A: Transmit mode, B: Paper-Pickup mode, C: Receive modeand D: Copy mode) selected by the Sensor Switch. (The Sensor Switch Lever’s position in the CAM Gear controlled by the softwareselects a specific mode.) You can see which mode is selected by confirming the Mode Marker’s position as shown in
Fig. 1-a~1-d.
(Ex. If the Mode Marker is in position A, a transmit mode is selected.)
Note:
The arrows show the directions in which the active gears turn around.
Fig. 1: Mode Selection
35
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.2.2. MODE OPERATION
Once a mode is selected, the Drive Motor Gear rotates clockwise (CW) and then the controlling positions of Swing Gears A, Band C determine which gears convey their drive power in each mode.
A. Transmit mode (See Fig. A.) :
Swing Gear A engages Gear E and conveys its power to the Separation Roller Gear through Gear G and sets the SeparationRoller for feeding documents.
Fig. A: Transmit mode
B. Paper-Pickup mode (See Fig. B) :
Swing Gear C engages Gear H and provides its power to the Pick up Roller Gear and Platen Idler Gear and Pick up Idler Gear.The Gear drive as follows: Swing Arm C→engaging→Gear H→Platen Idler Gear→Pick up Idler Gear→Pickup roller Gear. ThePickup Roller picks up and pre-feeds a recording paper until the recording paper pushes up the Paper Top sensor* lever.
Fig. B: Paper-Pickup mode
Note* :
See "Sensor Location" in SENSORS AND SWITCHES(P.186).
36
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
C. Receive mode (See Fig. C.) :
After paper pick up mode, Swing Gear B engages Gear C and conveys its power to the Platen Roller Gear and Ink Ribbon DriveGear through Platen Drive Gear. Then, the Platen Roller feeds recording paper for printing the received data.
Fig. C: Receive mode
D. Copy mode (See Fig. D.) :
Documents pre-feeding →Transmit mode go → Recording paper feeding → Pick up mode go. Next Swing Gear A and Bengages Gear E and Gear C respectively and conveys these power to the Separation Roller Gear and the Platen Roller Gear.Then the Separation Roller feeds documents and the Platen Roller feeds recording paper for printing copier data.
Fig. D: Copy mode
37
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.2.3.1. Idle Status
Note:
See “Sensor Locations ” in SENSORS ANDSWITCHES(P.186).
5.2.3.2. Tansmitting Documents
CROSS REFERENCE:
SENSOR SECTION(P.144).
5.2.3.3. Receiving Fax
Note:
See “Sensor Locations ” in SENSORS ANDSWITCHES(P.186).
5.2.3. MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS IN THE MAIN OPERA TIONS
38
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.2.3.4. Copying
Note:
See “Sensor Locations ” in SENSORS AND SWITCHES(P.186).
CROSS REFERENCE:
SENSOR SECTION(P.144)
39
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.3.1.1. When the recording paper hasjammed in the unit
The display will show as following.
Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
1. Open the front cover ( ) by pulling up the center part( ).
2. Release the back cover by pushing the green button ( )on the right side of the unit.
OR
Release the back cover by pushing the green lever ( ) inthe unit.
3. Open the back cover ( ).
4. Remove the jammed recording paper ( ).
5. Turn the gear with the blue core ( ) in the direction of thearrow.
5.3. JAMS
5.3.1. RECORDING PAPER JAM
40
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
· Make sure that the ink film is wrapped around the bluecore ( ) at least once.
6. Close the back cover securely ( ) by pushing down on thedotted area at both ends ( ).
Close the front cover securely ( ).
7. Remove the recording paper and straighten. Pull thetension plate forward ( ) and hold open while inserting thepaper.
5.3.1.2. When the recording paper wasnot fed into the unit properly
The display will show as following.
Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
Remove the recording paper and straighten. Pull the tensionplate ( ) forward and hold open while inserting paper. Press[START] to clear the message.
41
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.3.2. DOCUMENT JAMS - sending
1. Open the front cover ( ) by pulling up the center part( ). Remove the jammed document carefully ( ).
2. Close the front cover securely ( ).
Note:
Do not pull out the jammed paper forcibly beforeopening the front cover.
42
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.4.1. DOCUMENT FEEDER
1. Disconnect the mains lead and the telephone line cord.
2. Open the front cover ( ) by pulling up the center part( ).
3. Clean the document feeder rollers ( ) and rubber flap( ) with a cloth moistened with isopropyl rubbing alcohol,and let all parts dry thoroughly.
Clean the glass ( ) with a soft, dry cloth.
Caution:
Do not use paper products, such as paper towels ortissues.
4. Close the front cover securely ( ) .
5. Connect the main leads and the telephone line cord.
5.4. CLEANING
Clean the document feeder in the following cases:
— If misfeeding of the document occurs frequently.
— If smudges or black/white lines appear on the original document when transmitting or copying.
43
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
5.4.2. THERMAL HEAD
1. Disconnect the main leads and the telephone line cord.
2. Open the front cover ( ) by pulling up the center part( ).
3. Release the back cover by pushing the green button ( )on the right side of the unit.
OR
Release the back cover by pushing the green lever ( ) inthe unit.
4. Open the back cover ( ). Remove the ink film.
5. Clean the thermal head ( ) with a cloth moistened withisopropyl rubbing alcohol, and let it dry thoroughly.
Caution:
· To prevent a malfunction due to static electricity,do not use a dry cloth and do not touch thethermal head directly.
6. Reinstall the ink film and close the covers (See step 4 to 6on INSTALLING THE INK FILM (P.26)).
7. Connect the main leads and the telephone line cord.
If smudges or black/white lines appear on a copied/received document, check whether there is dust on the thermal head. Cleanthe thermal head to remove the dust.
44
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6 DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONSBefore disassembling, remove the ink film.
6.1. DISASSEMBLY FLOWCHART
6.1.1. UPPER CABINET SECION
CROSS REFERENCE:
A-1: HOW TO REMOVE THE PAPER TRAY AND METAL RECORDING PAPER GUIDE(P.47)
A-2: HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION PANEL BLOCK (P.48)
A-3: HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION BOARD AND LCD (P.49)
A-4: HOW TO REMOVE THE IMAGE SENSOR (CIS) (P.50)
A-5: HOW TO REMOVE THE THERMAL HEAD (P.51)
A-6: HOW TO REMOVE THE PLATEN ROLLER AND BACK COVER(P.52)
A-7: HOW TO REMOVE THE PICKUP ROLLER (P.53)
A-8: HOW TO REMOVE THE CORDLESS BASE BOARD AND ANTENNA (P.54)
A-9: HOW TO REMOVE THE CASSETTE LEVER AND CASSETTE PLATE TRAY (P.55)
B-1: HOW TO REMOVE THE BOTTOM FRAME(P.56)
B-2: HOW TO REMOVE THE DIGITAL, ANALOG, POWER SUPPLY BOARDS AND AC INLET(P.57)
45
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.1.2. LOWER CABINET SECION
CROSS REFERENCE:
A-1: HOW TO REMOVE THE PAPER TRAY AND METAL RECORDING PAPER GUIDE(P.47)
A-2: HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION PANEL BLOCK (P.48)
B-1: HOW TO REMOVE THE BOTTOM FRAME(P.56)
B-2: HOW TO REMOVE THE DIGITAL, ANALOG, POWER SUPPLY BOARDS AND AC INLET(P.57)
B-3: HOW TO REMOVE THE MOTOR BLOCK AND HANDSET STAND (P.58)
B-4: HOW TO REMOVE THE GEARS AND ARMS OF THE MOTOR BLOCK (P.59)
B-5: HOW TO REMOVE THE SEPARATION ROLLER (P.60)
6.1.3. HANDSET SECION
CROSS REFERENCE:
C-1: HOW TO REMOVE THE HANDSET BOARD AND ANTENNA OF HANDSET (P.62)
46
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2. DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURE
6.2.1. HOW TO REMOVE THE PAPER TRAY AND METAL RECORDING PAPER GUIDE
47
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.2. HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION PANEL BLOCK
CROSS REFERENCE:
B-1: HOW TO REMOVE THE BOTTOM FRAME(P.56)
B-2: HOW TO REMOVE THE DIGITAL, ANALOG, POWER SUPPLY BOARDS AND AC INLET(P.57)
48
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.3. HOW TO REMOVE THE OPERATION BOARD AND LCD
49
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.4. HOW TO REMOVE THE IMAGE SENSOR (CIS)
50
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.5. HOW TO REMOVE THE THERMAL HEAD
51
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.6. HOW TO REMOVE THE PLATEN ROLLER AND BACK COVER
52
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.7. HOW TO REMOVE THE PICKUP ROLLER
53
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.8. HOW TO REMOVE THE CORDLESS BASE BOARD AND ANTENNA
54
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.9. HOW TO REMOVE THE CASSETTE LEVER AND CASSETTE PLATE TRAY
55
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.10. HOW TO REMOVE THE BOTTOM FRAME
56
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.11. HOW TO REMOVE THE DIGITAL, ANALOG, POWER SUPPLY BOARDS AND ACINLET
57
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.12. HOW TO REMOVE THE MOTOR BLOCK AND HANDSET STAND
58
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.13. HOW TO REMOVE THE GEARS AND ARMS OF THE MOTOR BLOCK
59
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.14. HOW TO REMOVE THE SEPARA TION ROLLER
60
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.15. NSTALLATION POSITION OF THE LEAD WIRES
61
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6.2.16. HOW TO REMOVE THE HANDSET BOARD AND ANTENNA OF HANDSET
62
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
BASE UNIT
· There is something wrong with the unit.
[This error is displayed when the thermal head does notwarm up. Check the thermistor on the thermal head andconnector lead.]
· This message appears when the gear is not in an idlestate. Check the GEAR BLOCK.
(Refer to GEAR SECTION (P.35).)
· The document was not fed into the unit properly. Re-insert the document. If misfeeding occurs frequently,clean the document feeder rollers and try again.
(Refer to DOCUMENT FEEDER (P.43).)
· Attempted to transmit a document longer than 600 mm.Press [STOP] to remove the document. Divide thedocument into two or more sheets and try again.
[Alternately, turn off service code #559 to enablesending of documents longer than 600 mm] (Refer toSERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66).)
· The base unit memory (telephone numbers,parameters, etc.) has been erased. Re-program.
[The backup lithium battery on the top of the digitalboard may be low or dead, so check it.]
· The recording paper is not installed or the unit has runout of paper. Install paper and press [SET] to clear themessage.
· The recording paper was not fed into the unit properly.(Refer to INSTALLING THE RECORDING PAPER(P.29).) Reinstall paper and press [SET] to clear themessage. (Refer to INSTALLING THE RECORDINGPAPER (P.29).)
· The recording paper has jammed near the recording
paper entrance. Clear the jammed paper and press[SET] to clear the message. (Refer to RECORDINGPAPER JAM (P.40).)
· The covers are open. Close them.
· The ink film is empty. Replace the ink film with a newone.
· The ink film is not installed Install it.
· The ink film is slack or creased. Tighten it.
(Refer to step 7 on INSTALLING THE INK FILM (P.26).)
· There is no space to store new entries in navigatordirectory. Erase unnecessary entries.
· The unit has a document in memory. See the otherdisplayed message instructions to print out thedocument.
(KX-FC195GR-G/KX-FC195JT-G/KX-FC195SP-G only)
· The memory is full of received documents due to lack ofrecording paper or a recording paper jam. Install paperor clear the jammed paper. (Refer to INSTALLING THERECORDING PAPER (P.29) and RECORDING PAPERJAM (P.40).)
· When performing memory transmission, the documentbeing stored exceeds the memory capacity of the unit.Transmit the entire document manually.
· Handset(s) is not hung up. Press [ ] on thehandset(s).
7 TROUBLESHOOTING GUIDE7.1. USER RECOVERABLE ERRORS
If the unit detects a problem, one or more of the following messages will appear on the display.
The explanations given in the [ ] are for servicemen only. Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
63
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
· The memory is full of received documents due to a lackof recording paper or a recording paper jam. Installpaper or clear the jammed paper. (KX-FC195G-G only)
· When performing memory transmission, the documentbeing stored exceeded the memory capacity of the unit.Transmit the entire document manually. (KX-FC195G-Gonly)
· When making a copy, the document being storedexceeds the memory capacity of the unit. Press [STOP]to clear the message. Divide the document intosections.
(KX-FC195G-G only)
· Memory is nearly full of received documents due to lackof recording paper or a recording paper jam etc. Installpaper or clear the jammed paper.
· There is no room left in memory to record a voicemessage. Erase unnecessary messages.
· There is something wrong with the modem circuit.
· The other party´s fax machine is busy or has run out ofrecording paper. Try again.
(KX-FC195G-G and KX-FC195SP-G only)
· Your TAD/FAX greeting message is not recorded.Record a message.
· The voice guidance feature is set to off. Pre-recordedgreeting message will be adopted.
(KX-FC195SP-G only)
· Your message transfer greeting message is notrecorded. Record a message.
· The voice guidance feature is set to off. Pre-recordedgreeting message will be adopted.
· A recording paper jam occurred. Clear the jammedpaper. (Refer to RECORDING PAPER JAM (P.40).)
· The unit is checking that there is no slack on the ink film.Wait for a moment while the check completed.
· The other party’s fax machine does not offer the pollingfunction. Check with the other party.
(KX-FC195G-G only)
· A reception error occurred.
· The other party´s fax machine is busy or has run out ofrecording paper. Try again.
· The document is jammed. Remove the jammeddocument. (Refer to DOCUMENT JAMS - sending(P.42).)
· Your pressed [ ] while the unit was in redial modefor fax transmission. The redialling was cancelled.
· A transmission error occurred. Try again.
· The unit is too hot. Let the unit cool down.
64
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.2. PROGRAMMING AND LISTSThe programming functions are used to program the various features and functions of the machine, and to test the machine.
This facilitates communication between the user and the service man while programming the unit.
7.2.1. OPERATION
There are 2 basic categories of programming functions, the User Mode and the Service Mode. The Service Mode is furtherbroken down into the normal and special programs. The normal programs are those listed in the Operating Instructions and areavailable to the user. The special programs are only those listed here and not displayed to the user. In both the User andService Modes, there are Set Functions and Test Functions. The Set Functions are used to program various features andfunctions, and the Test Functions are used to test the various functions. The Set Functions are accessed by entering their code,changing the appropriate value, then pressing the SET key. The Test Functions are accessed by entering their code andpressing the key listed on the menu. While programming, to cancel any entry, press the STOP key.
7.2.2. OPERATION FLOW
Note:
Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
65
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.2.3. SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE
Code Function Set Value EffectiveRange
Default Remarks
501 Pause time X 100 msec 001~600 30 ----------502 Flash time
(for KX-FC195G-G and KX-FC195GR-G)
X 10 ms 01~99 20 ----------
502 Flash time(for KX-FC195JT-G and KX-FC195SP-G)
X 10 ms 01~99 10 ----------
510 VOX time 1: 8 sec2: 6 sec3: 4 sec
1~3 2 ----------
511 VOX sense(for KX-FC195G-G, KX-FC195GR-Gand KX-FC195JT-G)
1:High 2:Low 1, 2 1 When the TAM (or EXT TAM) does not stop recordingthe ICM because noise is detected on the telephoneline, change this setting to "LOW".
511 VOX sense(for KX-FC195SP-G)
1: High2: Middle3: Low
1~3 1 When the TAM (or EXT TAM) does not stop recordingthe ICM because noise is detected on the telephoneline, change this setting to "LOW".
514 Bell detection time X 100 msec 1~9 3 ----------520 CED frequency select 1:2100 Hz
2:1100 Hz1, 2 1 See Symptom/Countermeasure Table for long
distance and international calls in The unit can copy,but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications (P.110).
521 International mode select(for KX-FC195G-G)
1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 2 See Symptom/Countermeasure Table for longdistance and international calls in The unit can copy,but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications (P.110).
521 International mode select(for KX-FC195GR-G, KX-FC195JT-Gand KX-FC195SP-G)
1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 See Symptom/Countermeasure Table for longdistance and international calls in The unit can copy,but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications (P.110).
522 Auto standby select 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 The resolution reverts to the default whentransmission is complete.
523 Receive equalizer select 1: 0 km2: 1.8 km3: 3.6 km4: 7.2 km
1~4 1 When the telephone station is far from the unit orreception cannot be performed correctly, adjustaccordingly.
524 Transmission equalizer select 1: 0 km2: 1.8 km3: 3.6 km4: 7.2 km
1~4 1 When the telephone station is far from the unit ortransmission cannot be performed correctly, adjustaccordingly.
533 Setting the number of times thatmassage transfer is redialed.(KX-FC195GR-G, KX-FC195JT-G andKX-FC195SP-G only)
00~99 00~99 03 Selects the number of times that message transfer isredialed (not including the first dialing).
534 Setting the massage transfer/pagercall redial interval(KX-FC195GR-G, KX-FC195JT-G andKX-FC195SP-G only)
001~999 sec 001~999 065 Sets the interval of message transfer/pager call redial.
550 To reset the value to the default one, except the top margin (#853), time/day(#001), logo (#002), Fax ID, History and Directory data.
See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).
551 ROM check See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).552 DTMF single tone test 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 2 See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).553 Monitor on FAX communication select 1:OFF
2:PHASE B3:ALL
1~3 1 Sets whether to monitor the line signal with the unit´sspeaker during FAX communication or not.
554 Modem test See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).555 Scan check See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).556 Motor test 0 See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).557 LED test See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).558 LCD test See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).559 Document jam detection select 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 See DOCUMENT JAMS - sending (P.42).561 KEY test See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).571 ITS auto redial time set X number of
times00~99 0 Selects the number of times that ITS is redialed (not
including the first dial).572 ITS auto redial line disconnection time
setX second 001~999 065 Sets the interval of ITS redialing.
573 Remote turn-on ring number set X number ofrings
01~99 10 Sets the number of rings before the unit starts toreceive a document in the TEL mode.
580 TAM continuous tone detection 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 ON : Stops TAM operation when Dial tone, etc. aredetected.
590 FAX auto redial time set X number oftimes
00~99 05 Selects the number of redial times during FAXcommunication (not including the first dial).
66
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value EffectiveRange
Default Remarks
591 FAX auto redial time disconnectiontime set
X second 001~999 065 Sets the FAX redial interval during FAXcommunication.
592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF2:ALL3:AUTO
1~3 2 Lets you select the CNG output during FAXtransmission. ALL: CNG is output at phase A. AUTO:CNG id output only when automatic dialing isperformed. OFF: CNG id not output at phase A. Referto Sometime there is a transmit problem (P.107).
593 Time between CED and 300bps 1:75 msec2:500 msec3:1 sec
1~3 1 See Symptom/Countermeasure Table for longdistance and international calls in The unit can copy,but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications (P.110). Refer toReceive Problem (P.108) and The unit can copy,but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications (P.110).
594 Overseas DIS detection select 1:detects atthe 1st time
2:detects atthe 2nd time
1, 2 1 See Symptom/Countermeasure Table for longdistance and international calls in The unit can copy,but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications (P.110). Refer toSometime there is a transmit problem (P.107) andThe unit can copy, but cannot eithertransmit/receive long distance or internationalcommunications (P.110).
595 Receive error limit check 1: 5%2: 10%3: 15%4: 20%
1~4 2 ----------
596 Transmit level set X dBm - 15~00 9 Selects the FAX transmission level. Refer toSometime there is a transmit problem (P.107)andReceive Problem (P.108).
598 Receiving sensitivity 43= -43 dBm 20~48 40 Used when there is an error problem. Refer to Theunit can copy, but cannot either transmit/receivelong distance or internationalcommunications (P.110).
599 ECM frame size 1: 256 byte2: 64 byte
1, 2 1 ----------
711 Dialing mode (KX-FC195G-G only) 1: Pulse2: Tone
1, 2 2 ----------
717 Transmit speed selection 1:14400BPS2:12000BPS3:9600BPS4:7200BPS5:4800BPS6:2400BPS
1~6 1 Adjusts the speed to start training during FAXtransmission. Refer to Sometime there is a transmitproblem (P.107)and The unit can copy, but thetransmission and reception image areincorrect (P.112).
718 Receive speed selection 1:14400BPS2:12000BPS3:9600BPS4:7200BPS5:4800BPS6:2400BPS
1~6 1 Adjusts the speed to start training during FAXreception. Refer to Receive Problem (P.108) and Theunit can copy, but the transmission and receptionimage are incorrect (P.112).
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 2 Sets the tone detection mode after redialing.731 CPC mode 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 Sets the CPC signal detection mode from the
converter.732 AUTO disconnect cancel time
(KX-FC195GR-G, KX-FC195JT-G andKX-FC195SP-G only)
1: 350 msec2: 1.8 sec3: OFF
1~3 1 “Set to “2” when the auto disconnect circuit operatesand cuts the line.”
745 Power ON film feed 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 1 When the power is turned on, the film is wound totake up any slack.
763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10 sec2:20 sec3:30 sec
1~3 3 Selects the CNG detection tone of friendly reception.
771 T1 timer 1:35 sec2:60 sec
1, 2 1 Sets a higher value when the response from the otherparty needs more time during FAX transmission.
773 DIS-DCS interval(KX-FC195SP-G only)
1: 500 msec2: 200 msec
1, 2 2 This is similar to code 594. The time interval fromreceiving DIS to sending DCS can be changed to waitfor the echo canceler to recover.
774 T4 timer X 100 msec 00~99 0 Use this function when delay occurs in the line andcommunication (ex. Mobile comm) does not work well.
775 Monitoring of message transfer 1:ON 2:OFF 1, 2 2 If set to ON a message can be monitored from thisunit´s SP-PHONE when transferring a message.
784 Voice prompt test You can hear the voice prompt from speaker afterpressing “START” key.
815 Sensor & Vox check See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).841 Digital SP-phone check See DIGITAL SPEAKERP HONE(P.138).
67
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value EffectiveRange
Default Remarks
844 Original setting 1:NORMAL2:LIGHT3:DARKER
1~3 1 Use this feature when you need to transmit and copy adocument with very faint writing or very dark writing.NORMAL: Used for normal writing.LIGHT: Used for faint writing.DARKER: Used for dark writing.This feature will return to the normal mode aftertransmission or copying.
852 Print test pattern See TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).853 Top margin 1~9 5 ----------874 DTMF on time 060~200 ms 060~200 090 ----------875 DTMF off time 060~200 ms 060~200 090 ----------880 History list See HISTORY (P.87).881 Journal 2 list See Printout Example (P.125).882 Journal 3 list See Printout Example (P.125).
68
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.3. TEST FUNCTIONSThe codes listed below can be used to perform simple checks for some of the unit’s functions. When complaints are receivedfrom customers, they provide an effective tool for identifying the locations and causes of malfunctions. To do this, you set theService mode (Refer to OPERATION FLOW (P.65).) first, then operate the below test items.
Test Mode Type of Mode Code FunctionOperation after code
inputMOTOR TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “6” Rotates the transmission and reception motor to check the operation of the
motor.13: FAX TX / Reading memory14: Document feed23: Recording paper is fed33: List / FAX RX print, pull back recording paper43: Copy05: Recording paper feed(Test a recording paper feeding operation by shifting from 23 to 33).
Press [STOP] button to quit.
START
MODEM TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “4” Telephone line circuit is connected automatically, output the following signalson the circuit line.1) OFF 2)14400bps 3)12000bps 4) 9600bps(U17) 5)7200bps(U17) 6)9600bps7)7200bps 8) 4800bps 9) 2400bps 10) 300bps 11) 2100Hz 12)1100Hz
START
FLASH MEMORYCHECK
Service Mode “5” “5” “1” Indicates the version and checks the sum of the FLASH MEMORY.START
SCAN CHECK Service Mode “5” “5” “5” Turns on the LEDs of the CIS and operates the read systems.START
LCD CHECK Service Mode “5” “5” “8” Checks the LCD indication.Illuminates all the dots to check if they are normal.START
DTMF SINGLE TEST Service Mode “5” “5” “2” Outputs the DTMF as single tones. Used to check the frequencies of theindividual DTMF tones. Refer to DTMF SINGLE TONE TRANSMITSELECTION (P.70).
1....ON2....OFF
LED CHECK Service Mode “5” “5” “7” All LEDs above the operation panel board flash on and off, or are illuminated.START
KEY CHECK Service Mode “5” “6” “1” Checks the button operation.Indicates the button code on the LCD while the button is pressed. Refer toBUTTON CODE TABLE (P.70).
START (any key)
FACTORY SET Service Mode “5” “5” “0” To reset the value to the default one, except the top margin (#853), time/day(#001), logo (#002), Fax ID, History and Directory data.Please restart a power supply after clearing a memroy.
START
PRINT TESTPATTERN
Service Mode “8” “5” “2” Prints out the test pattern.Used mainly at the factory to test the print quality.You can select 1~4. (See PRINT TEST PATTERN (P.71))
START
DIGITALSPEAKERPHONERX & TX CHECK
Service Mode “8” “4” “1” Please refer to DIGITAL SPEAKERP HONE (P.138)SPEAKERPHONE
SENSOR CHECK &VOX CHECK
Service Mode “8” “1” “5” If you enter this mode and operate sensor levers with your hands, the LCDdisplay of the related sensor (or switch) turns ON / OFF. Also, when copying adocument, the related sensor will turn ON / OFF. ( Do, Sn, Co, Pt, Vx)For each sensor’s operation, refer to SENSORS AND SWITCHES (P.186).Do Sn Co Pt Vx : LCD DISPLAY
Do: Document set sensor:Paper inserted. Turns on when a document is inserted.
Sn: Read position sensor.:At the read position, turns on when the front cover is opened and thesensor lever is pressed directory.
Co: Cover open sensor / Film end sensor:Cover open of don’t set the film. Turns on and off when the front cover isopened and closed.
Pt: Paper top sensor:Sensor on Turns on when the front cover is opened and the sensor leveris pressed directly.
Vx: Vox signal:Detection signal for the tone on the line. Turns on when there is a tonesignal on the line.
START
Note:
The numbers in the boxes (XXX) indicate the keys to be input for the various test modes.
69
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
When set to ON (=1), the 12 keys and transmissionfrequencies are as shown.
key High Frequency (Hz) key Low Frequency (Hz)“1” 697 “5” 1209“2” 770 “6” 1336“3” 852 “7” 1477“4” 941 “8” 1633
When set to OFF (=2), the 12 keys and transmissionfrequencies are as shown.
High (Hz) 1209 1336 1477Low (Hz)697 “1” “2” “3”770 “4” “5” “6”852 “7” “8” “9”941 “ ” “0” “#”
7.3.1. DTMF SINGLE TONE TRANSMIT SELECTION
Note:
After performing this check, do not forget to turn the setting off.
Otherwise, dialing in DTMF signal will not work.
7.3.2. BUTTON CODE TABLE
Refer to PANEL LISTS (P.8).
Code Button Name Code Button Name Code Button Name04 FAX /START / SET 25 [+] VOLUME 3A 006 COPY 26 [—] VOLUME 3B08 SP-PHONE 31 1 3C #09 LOCATOR/HOLD 32 2 3D REDIAL / PAUSE0A MUTE 33 3 3E RECALL0C AUTO ANSWER 34 4 47 BROADCAST14 RECORD 35 516 ERASE 36 6 1E [ ] NEXT18 PLAY MESSAGE 37 7 1F [ ]PREV20 MENU 38 8 00 NO INPUT22 HELP 39 9 01 STOP
70
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1. Platen roller
2. Left margin / Top margin
3. Thermal head 1 dot
4. Use this test pattern to confirm the torque limiter for Inkfilm and platen roller timing.
7.3.3. PRINT TEST PATTERN
71
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.4. REMOTE PROGRAMMINGIf, after the call is connected, the customer describes the situation and it is determined that the problem can be corrected bymaking parameter changes, this function makes it possible to change parameters such as the user code and service code fromanother fax (using DTMF tones). Therefore, travel to the customer´s location is not required. However, it is not possible tochange all the parameters remotely (PROGRAM MODE TABLE (P.73)). The function used to accomplish this is remoteprogramming.
First, in order to check the current status of the service code parameter, print out the setup list (code: 991) and the service list(code: 999) from the customer´s fax machine.
Based on this, the parameters for the desired codes can be changed.
The procedure for changing and listing parameters is described on ENTERING THE REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE ANDCHANGING SERVICE CODES (P.72). Also, before exiting the remote programming mode, it is advisable to obtain a new listto confirm that the changes were made correctly.
Hint:
Since the connected telephone is in use during the remote programming mode, it may be helpful to ask the customer to switchto the speakerphone. This frees the customer from the need to remain right next to the fax while you are making parametersettings. When finished, inform the customer. Also note that in very noisy locations where the DTMF tones are not audible, theremote programming function will not work.
7.4.1. ENTERING THE REMOTE PROGRAMMING MODE AND CHANGING SERVICECODES
CROSS REFERENCE:
PROGRAM MODE TABLE (P.73)
72
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.4.2. PROGRAM MODE TABLE
7.4.2.1. KX-FC195G-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
001 Set date and time dd/mm/yy hh:mm 01/Jan/2003 NG002 Your logo --------- None NG003 Your FAX number --------- None NG004 Print sending report 1:ERROR / 2:ON ERROR OK006 FAX ring count 1~9 2 OK
TAD/FAX ring count 1~4 / 5:TOLL SAVER / 6: RINGEROFF
2 OK
010 Recording time 1:VOX / 2~10: 1~9 MIN VOX OK011 Remote TAD ID ON / OFF ON ID=111 NG017 Ringer pattern A / B / C A NG022 Journal auto print 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK023 Overseas mode 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK025 Delayed transmission ON / OFF OFF NG034 Quick scan 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK036 RCV reduction 1:92% / 2:86% / 3:72% / 4:100% 92% OK039 LCD contrast NORMAL / DARKER NORMAL NG041 FAX activation code ON / OFF ON ID= #9 NG042 Message alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK043 REC. time alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK044 Memory receive alert 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK046 Friendly reception 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK047 Voice guidance 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK048 Language 1:German / 2:English German OK051 Mailbox 1 Password --------- --------- NG052 Mailbox 2 Password --------- --------- NG054 Greeting MSG. REC. time 1:16s / 2:60s 16s OK055 Mailbox 1 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG056 Mailbox 2 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG067 ICM monitor 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK068 ECM selection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON NG069 Express mode 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK072 Remote turn on 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK076 Connecting tone 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK077 Auto answer mode 3:TAD/FAX 2: FAX Only TAD/FAX OK080 Set default YES / NO NO NG501 Pause time 001~600 x 100msec 030 x 100msec OK502 Flash time 01~99 x 10msec 20 x 10msec OK510 Vox time 1:8 sec / 2:6 sec / 3: 4 sec 6sec OK511 Vox sense 1:High / 2:Low High OK514 Bell detection time 1~9 x 100msec 3 x 100msec OK520 CED frequency select 1:2100Hz / 2:1100Hz 2100Hz OK521 International mode select 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK522 Auto standby select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK523 Receive equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK524 Transmission equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK550 Memory clear --------- --------- NG551 ROM check --------- --------- NG552 DTMF signal tone test 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK553 Monitor on FAX communication 1:OFF / 2:Phase B / 3:ALL OFF OK554 Modem test --------- --------- NG555 Scanner test --------- --------- NG556 Motor test --------- --------- NG557 LED test --------- --------- NG558 LCD test --------- --------- NG559 Document jam detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK561 Key test --------- --------- NG571 ITS auto redial time set 00~99 00 OK572 ITS auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK573 Remote turn-on ring number 01~99 10 OK580 TAM continuous tone detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK590 FAX auto redial time set 00~99 05 OK591 FAX auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK
73
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF / 2:ALL / 3:AUTO ALL OK593 Time between CED and 300 bps 1:75ms / 2:500ms / 3:1sec 75ms OK594 Overseas DIS detection 1:1st / 2:2nd 1st OK595 Receive error limit check 1: 5% / 2: 10% / 3: 15% / 4: 20% 10% OK596 Transmit level set -15~00dBm -9dBm OK598 Receiving Sensitivity 20~48 dBm 40 OK599 ECM frame size 1:256 byte / 2:64 byte 256 byte OK711 Dialing mode 1:Pulse / 2:Tone Tone OK717 Transmit speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/
5:4800/ 6:240014400bps OK
718 Receive speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/5:4800/ 6:2400
14400bps OK
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK731 CPC mode 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK745 Power on film feed 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10s / 2:20s / 3:30s 30s OK771 T1 timer 1:35s / 2:60s 35s OK774 T4 timer 00~99 x 100ms 00ms OK775 Monitoring of message transfer 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK784 Voice prompt 1:Start --------- NG815 Sensor & VOX test --------- --------- NG841 Digital SP-Phone RX & TX check 1:SP-Phone --------- NG844 Original setting 1:Normal / 2:Light / 3:Darker Normal OK852 Print test pattern --------- --------- NG853 Top margin 1~9 mm 5 OK874 DTMF ON time 060~200 ms 090ms OK875 DTMF OFF time 060~200 ms 090ms OK880 History list 1:Start --------- NG881 Journal 2 1:Start --------- NG882 Journal 3 1:Start --------- NG991 Setup list 1:Start --------- OK994 Journal list 1:Start --------- OK995 Journal 2 list 1:Start --------- OK996 Journal 3 list 1:Start --------- OK998 History list 1:Start --------- OK999 Service list 1:Start --------- OK
OK means "can set".
NG means "can not set".
Note:
Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66) for descriptions of the individual codes.
Example:
If you want to set value in the "004 Transmission report mode", press the dial key number 1,2 or 3 corresponding to the SetValue you want to select. (1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF)
74
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.4.2.2. KX-FC195GR-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
001 Set date and time dd/mm/yy hh:mm 01/Jan/2003 NG002 Your logo --------- None NG003 Your FAX number --------- None NG004 Print sending report 1:ERROR / 2:ON / 3:OFF ERROR OK006 FAX ring count 1~9 2 OK
TAD/FAX ring count 1~4 / 5:TOLL SAVER / 6: RINGEROFF
2 OK
010 Recording time 1:VOX / 2~10: 1~9 MIN VOX OK011 Remote TAD ID ON / OFF ON ID=111 NG013 Dialing mode 1:Pulse / 2:Tone Tone OK017 Ringer pattern A / B / C A NG019 Clock Display mode 1:12H / 2:24H 12H OK022 Journal auto print 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK023 Overseas mode 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK025 Delayed transmission ON / OFF OFF NG034 Quick scan 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK036 RCV reduction 1:92% / 2:86% / 3:72% / 4:100% 92% OK039 LCD contrast NORMAL / DARKER NORMAL NG041 FAX activation code ON / OFF ON ID= #9 NG042 Message alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK043 REC. time alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK044 Memory receive alert 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK046 Friendly reception 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK047 Voice guidance 1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF ON OK051 Mailbox 1 Password --------- --------- NG052 Mailbox 2 Password --------- --------- NG054 Greeting MSG. REC. time 1:16s / 2:60s 16s OK055 Mailbox 1 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG056 Mailbox 2 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG060 Message transfer ON / OFF OFF NG061 Transfer greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG067 ICM monitor 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK068 ECM selection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON NG070 Pager call ON / OFF OFF NG076 Connecting tone 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK077 Auto answer mode 3:TAD/FAX 2: FAX Only TAD/FAX OK080 Set default YES / NO NO NG501 Pause time 001~600 x 100msec 030 x 100msec OK502 Flash time 01~99 x 10msec 20 x 10msec OK510 Vox time 1:8 sec / 2:6 sec / 3: 4 sec 6sec OK511 Vox sense 1:High / 2:Low High OK514 Bell detection time 1~9 x 100msec 3 x 100msec OK520 CED frequency select 1:2100Hz / 2:1100Hz 2100Hz OK521 International mode select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK522 Auto standby select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK523 Receive equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK524 Transmission equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK533 Setting the number of times that message
transfer is redialed.00~99 03 OK
534 Setting of the message transfer/pager callredial interval
001~999 sec 065 sec OK
550 Memory clear --------- --------- NG551 ROM check --------- --------- NG552 DTMF signal tone test 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK553 Monitor on FAX communication 1:OFF / 2:Phase B / 3:ALL OFF OK554 Modem test --------- --------- NG555 Scanner test --------- --------- NG556 Motor test --------- --------- NG557 LED test --------- --------- NG558 LCD test --------- --------- NG559 Document jam detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK561 Key test --------- --------- NG571 ITS auto redial time set 00~99 00 OK572 ITS auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK573 Remote turn-on ring number 01~99 10 OK
75
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
580 TAM continuous tone detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK590 FAX auto redial time set 00~99 05 OK591 FAX auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF / 2:ALL / 3:AUTO ALL OK593 Time between CED and 300 bps 1:75ms / 2:500ms / 3:1sec 75ms OK594 Overseas DIS detection 1:1st / 2:2nd 1st OK595 Receive error limit check 1: 5% / 2: 10% / 3: 15% / 4: 20% 10% OK596 Transmit level set -15~00dBm -9dBm OK598 Receiving Sensitivity 20~48 dBm 40 OK599 ECM frame size 1:256 byte / 2:64 byte 256 byte OK717 Transmit speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/
5:4800/ 6:240014400bps OK
718 Receive speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/5:4800/ 6:2400
14400bps OK
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK731 CPC mode 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK732 Auto disconnect 1:350ms / 2:1800ms / 3:OFF 350msec OK745 Power on film feed 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10s / 2:20s / 3:30s 30s OK771 T1 timer 1:35s / 2:60s 35s OK774 T4 timer 00~99 x 100ms 00ms OK775 Monitoring of message transfer 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK784 Voice prompt 1:Start --------- NG815 Sensor & VOX test --------- --------- NG841 Digital SP-Phone RX & TX check 1:SP-Phone --------- NG844 Original setting 1:Normal / 2:Light / 3:Darker Normal OK852 Print test pattern --------- --------- NG853 Top margin 1~9 mm 5 OK874 DTMF ON time 060~200 ms 090ms OK875 DTMF OFF time 060~200 ms 090ms OK880 History list 1:Start --------- NG881 Journal 2 1:Start --------- NG882 Journal 3 1:Start --------- NG991 Setup list 1:Start --------- OK994 Journal list 1:Start --------- OK995 Journal 2 list 1:Start --------- OK996 Journal 3 list 1:Start --------- OK998 History list 1:Start --------- OK999 Service list 1:Start --------- OK
OK means "can set".
NG means "can not set".
Note:
Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66) for descriptions of the individual codes.
Example:
If you want to set value in the "004 Transmission report mode", press the dial key number 1,2 or 3 corresponding to the SetValue you want to select. (1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF)
76
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.4.2.3. KX-FC195JT-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
001 Set date and time dd/mm/yy hh:mm 01/Jan/2003 NG002 Your logo --------- None NG003 Your FAX number --------- None NG004 Print sending report 1:ERROR / 2:ON / 3:OFF ERROR OK006 FAX ring count 1~9 2 OK
TAD/FAX ring count 1~4 / 5:TOLL SAVER / 6: RINGEROFF
2 OK
010 Recording time 1:VOX / 2~10: 1~9 MIN VOX OK011 Remote TAD ID ON / OFF ON ID=111 NG013 Dialing mode 1:Pulse / 2:Tone Tone OK017 Ringer pattern A / B / C A NG022 Journal auto print 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK023 Overseas mode 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK025 Delayed transmission ON / OFF OFF NG034 Quick scan 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK036 RCV reduction 1:92% / 2:86% / 3:72% / 4:100% 92% OK039 LCD contrast NORMAL / DARKER NORMAL NG041 FAX activation code ON / OFF ON ID= #9 NG042 Message alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK043 REC. time alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK044 Memory receive alert 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK046 Friendly reception 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK047 Voice guidance 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK048 Language 1:English / 2:Italian Italian OK051 Mailbox 1 Password --------- --------- NG052 Mailbox 2 Password --------- --------- NG054 Greeting MSG. REC. time 1:16s / 2:60s 16s OK055 Mailbox 1 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG056 Mailbox 2 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG060 Message transfer ON / OFF OFF NG061 Transfer greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG067 ICM monitor 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK068 ECM selection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON NG070 Pager call ON / OFF OFF NG076 Connecting tone 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK077 Auto answer mode 3:TAD/FAX 2: FAX Only TAD/FAX OK080 Set default YES / NO NO NG501 Pause time 001~600 x 100msec 030 x 100msec OK502 Flash time 01~99 x 10msec 10 x 10msec OK510 Vox time 1:8 sec / 2:6 sec / 3: 4 sec 6sec OK511 Vox sense 1:High / 2:Low High OK514 Bell detection time 1~9 x 100msec 3 x 100msec OK520 CED frequency select 1:2100Hz / 2:1100Hz 2100Hz OK521 International mode select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK522 Auto standby select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK523 Receive equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK524 Transmission equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK533 Setting the number of times that message
transfer is redialed.00~99 03 OK
534 Setting of the message transfer/pager callredial interval
001~999 sec 065 sec OK
550 Memory clear --------- --------- NG551 ROM check --------- --------- NG552 DTMF signal tone test 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK553 Monitor on FAX communication 1:OFF / 2:Phase B / 3:ALL OFF OK554 Modem test --------- --------- NG555 Scanner test --------- --------- NG556 Motor test --------- --------- NG557 LED test --------- --------- NG558 LCD test --------- --------- NG559 Document jam detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK561 Key test --------- --------- NG571 ITS auto redial time set 00~99 00 OK572 ITS auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK573 Remote turn-on ring number 01~99 10 OK
77
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
580 TAM continuous tone detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK590 FAX auto redial time set 00~99 05 OK591 FAX auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF / 2:ALL / 3:AUTO ALL OK593 Time between CED and 300 bps 1:75ms / 2:500ms / 3:1sec 75ms OK594 Overseas DIS detection 1:1st / 2:2nd 1st OK595 Receive error limit check 1: 5% / 2: 10% / 3: 15% / 4: 20% 10% OK596 Transmit level set -15~00dBm -9dBm OK598 Receiving Sensitivity 20~48 dBm 40 OK599 ECM frame size 1:256 byte / 2:64 byte 256 byte OK717 Transmit speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/
5:4800/ 6:240014400bps OK
718 Receive speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/5:4800/ 6:2400
14400bps OK
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK731 CPC mode 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK732 Auto disconnect 1:350ms / 2:1800ms / 3:OFF 350msec OK745 Power on film feed 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10s / 2:20s / 3:30s 30s OK771 T1 timer 1:35s / 2:60s 35s OK774 T4 timer 00~99 x 100ms 00ms OK775 Monitoring of message transfer 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK784 Voice prompt 1:Start --------- NG815 Sensor & VOX test --------- --------- NG841 Digital SP-Phone RX & TX check 1:SP-Phone --------- NG844 Original setting 1:Normal / 2:Light / 3:Darker Normal OK852 Print test pattern --------- --------- NG853 Top margin 1~9 mm 5 OK874 DTMF ON time 060~200 ms 090ms OK875 DTMF OFF time 060~200 ms 090ms OK880 History list 1:Start --------- NG881 Journal 2 1:Start --------- NG882 Journal 3 1:Start --------- NG991 Setup list 1:Start --------- OK994 Journal list 1:Start --------- OK995 Journal 2 list 1:Start --------- OK996 Journal 3 list 1:Start --------- OK998 History list 1:Start --------- OK999 Service list 1:Start --------- OK
OK means "can set".
NG means "can not set".
Note:
Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66) for descriptions of the individual codes.
Example:
If you want to set value in the "004 Transmission report mode", press the dial key number 1,2 or 3 corresponding to the SetValue you want to select. (1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF)
78
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.4.2.4. KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
001 Set date and time dd/mm/yy hh:mm 01/Jan/2003 NG002 Your logo --------- None NG003 Your FAX number --------- None NG004 Print sending report 1:ERROR / 2:ON / 3:OFF ERROR OK006 FAX ring count 1~9 2 OK
TAD/FAX ring count 1~4 / 5:TOLL SAVER / 6: RINGEROFF
2 OK
010 Recording time 1:VOX / 2~10: 1~9 MIN VOX OK011 Remote TAD ID ON / OFF ON ID=111 NG013 Dialing mode 1:Pulse / 2:Tone Tone OK017 Ringer pattern A / B / C A NG022 Journal auto print 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK023 Overseas mode 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK025 Delayed transmission ON / OFF OFF NG034 Quick scan 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK036 RCV reduction 1:92% / 2:86% / 3:72% / 4:100% 92% OK039 LCD contrast NORMAL / DARKER NORMAL NG041 FAX activation code ON / OFF ON ID= #9 NG042 Message alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK043 REC. time alert 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK044 Memory receive alert 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK046 Friendly reception 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK047 Voice guidance 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK051 Mailbox 1 Password --------- --------- NG052 Mailbox 2 Password --------- --------- NG054 Greeting MSG. REC. time 1:16s / 2:60s 16s OK055 Mailbox 1 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG056 Mailbox 2 Greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG060 Message transfer ON / OFF OFF NG061 Transfer greeting CHECK / RECORD / ERASE CHECK NG067 ICM monitor 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK068 ECM selection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON NG070 Pager call ON / OFF OFF NG076 Connecting tone 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK077 Auto answer mode 3:TAD/FAX 2: FAX Only TAD/FAX OK080 Set default YES / NO NO NG501 Pause time 001~600 x 100msec 030 x 100msec OK502 Flash time 01~99 x 10msec 10 x 10msec OK510 Vox time 1:8 sec / 2:6 sec / 3: 4 sec 6sec OK511 Vox sense 1:High / 2: Middle / 3:Low High OK514 Bell detection time 1~9 x 100msec 3 x 100msec OK520 CED frequency select 1:2100Hz / 2:1100Hz 2100Hz OK521 International mode select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK522 Auto standby select 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK523 Receive equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK524 Transmission equalizer select 1:0km / 2:1.8km / 3:3.6km / 4:7.2km 0km OK533 Setting the number of times that message
transfer is redialed.00~99 03 OK
534 Setting of the message transfer/pager callredial interval
001~999 sec 065 sec OK
550 Memory clear --------- --------- NG551 ROM check --------- --------- NG552 DTMF signal tone test 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK553 Monitor on FAX communication 1:OFF / 2:Phase B / 3:ALL OFF OK554 Modem test --------- --------- NG555 Scanner test --------- --------- NG556 Motor test --------- --------- NG557 LED test --------- --------- NG558 LCD test --------- --------- NG559 Document jam detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK561 Key test --------- --------- NG571 ITS auto redial time set 00~99 00 OK572 ITS auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK573 Remote turn-on ring number 01~99 10 OK580 TAM continuous tone detection 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK
79
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Code Function Set Value Default RemoteSetting
590 FAX auto redial time set 00~99 05 OK591 FAX auto redial line disconnection time set 001~999sec 065sec OK592 CNG transmit select 1:OFF / 2:ALL / 3:AUTO ALL OK593 Time between CED and 300 bps 1:75ms / 2:500ms / 3:1sec 75ms OK594 Overseas DIS detection 1:1st / 2:2nd 1st OK595 Receive error limit check 1: 5% / 2: 10% / 3: 15% / 4: 20% 10% OK596 Transmit level set -15~00dBm -9dBm OK598 Receiving Sensitivity 20~48 dBm 40 OK599 ECM frame size 1:256 byte / 2:64 byte 256 byte OK717 Transmit speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/
5:4800/ 6:240014400bps OK
718 Receive speed select 1:14400 / 2:12000 / 3:9600/ 4:7200/5:4800/ 6:2400
14400bps OK
722 Redial tone detect 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK731 CPC mode 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK732 Auto disconnect 1:350ms / 2:1800ms / 3:OFF 350msec OK745 Power on film feed 1:ON / 2:OFF ON OK763 CNG detect time for friendly reception 1:10s / 2:20s / 3:30s 30s OK771 T1 timer 1:35s / 2:60s 35s OK773 DIS-DCS interval 1:500ms / 2:200ms 200ms OK774 T4 timer 00~99 x 100ms 00ms OK775 Monitoring of message transfer 1:ON / 2:OFF OFF OK784 Voice prompt 1:Start --------- NG815 Sensor & VOX test --------- --------- NG841 Digital SP-Phone RX & TX check 1:SP-Phone --------- NG844 Original setting 1:Normal / 2:Light / 3:Darker Normal OK852 Print test pattern --------- --------- NG853 Top margin 1~9 mm 5 OK874 DTMF ON time 060~200 ms 090ms OK875 DTMF OFF time 060~200 ms 090ms OK880 History list 1:Start --------- NG881 Journal 2 1:Start --------- NG882 Journal 3 1:Start --------- NG991 Setup list 1:Start --------- OK994 Journal list 1:Start --------- OK995 Journal 2 list 1:Start --------- OK996 Journal 3 list 1:Start --------- OK998 History list 1:Start --------- OK999 Service list 1:Start --------- OK
OK means "can set".
NG means "can not set".
Note:
Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66) for descriptions of the individual codes.
Example:
If you want to set value in the "004 Transmission report mode", press the dial key number 1,2 or 3 corresponding to the SetValue you want to select. (1:ERROR/2:ON/3:OFF)
80
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5. THE EXAMPLE OF THE PRINTED LIST
7.5.1. USER MODE
7.5.1.1. KX-FC195G-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
81
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5.1.2. KX-FC195GR-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
82
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5.1.3. KX-FC195JT-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
83
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5.1.4. KX-FC195SP-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
84
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5.2. SERVICE MODE SETTINGS
7.5.2.1. KX-FC195G-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
7.5.2.2. KX-FC195GR-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
85
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5.2.3. KX-FC195JT-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
7.5.2.4. KX-FC195SP-G
Note:
The above values are the default values.
86
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.5.3. HISTORY
Note:
See the following descriptions of this report. Item No. (1) ~ (44) are corresponding to the listed items in DESCRIPTIONS OFTHE HISTORY REPORT(P.88).
87
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(1) SOFTWARE VERSION
FLASH ROM version
(2) SUM
FLASH ROM internal data calculation.
(3) YOUR LOGO
The user logo recorded in the unit. If it is not recorded, NONEwill be displayed.
(4) YOUR TELEPHONE NUMBER
The user telephone number recorded in the unit. If it is notrecorded, NONE will be displayed.
(5) FAX PAGER NUMBER
If you program a pager number into the unit, the pager numberwill be displayed here.
(6) FACTORY - CUSTOMER
This shows how many days from factory production until theuser turns ON the unit.
(7) MONTH
The shows the very first month, date, year and time set by theuser after they purchased the unit.
(8) DAY
The shows the very first month, date, year and time set by theuser after they purchased the unit.
(9) YEAR
The shows the very first month, date, year and time set by theuser after they purchased the unit.
(10) TIME
The shows the very first month, date, year and time set by theuser after they purchased the unit.
(11) USAGE TIME
The amount of time the unit has been powered ON.
(12) FACTORY - NOW
This shows how many days from factory production until theuser prints out this history list.
(13) TEL MODE
The amount of time the TEL mode setting was used.
(14) FAX MODE
The amount of time the FAX mode setting was used.
(15) TEL/FAX MODE
The amount of time the TEL/FAX mode setting was used.
(16) ANS/FAX MODE
The amount of time the ANS/FAX mode setting was used.
(17) FINAL RECEIVE MODE
The last set receiving mode by the user.
(18) TONE/PULSE SELECTION
The most recently used setting used, either TONE or PULSE.
(19) RECEIVE REDUCTION
The compression rate when receiving.
(20) SETTING NO. OF DIRECTORY
The recorded directory stations.
(21) NUMBER OF COPY
The number of pages copied.
(22) NUMBER OF RECEIVE
The number of pages received.
(23) NUMBER OF SENDING
The number of pages sent.
(24) NUMBER OF CALLER ID
The number of times Caller ID was received.
(25) NUMBER OF RECORDING MESSAGE
The number of messages recorded in TAM.
(26)~(29) Not Used
(30) NUMBER OF PRINTING WARNING LIST
The number of warning lists printed until now.
(31) NUMBER OF PRINTING HELP
The number of help lists printed until now.
(32) NUMBER OF DIVIDED PRINTING IN FAX RECEPTION
The number of faxes received that were divided into more thanone sheet since the unit was purchased.
(33) Not used
(34) FAX MODE
Means the unit received a fax message in the FAX mode.
(35) MAN RCV
Means the unit received a fax message by manual operation.
(36) FRN RCV
Means the unit received a fax message by friendly signaldetection.
(37) VOX
Means the unit detected silence or no voice.
(38) RMT DTMF
Means the unit detected DTMF (Remote Fax activation code)entered remotely.
(39) PAL DTMF
Means the unit detected DTMF (Remote Fax activation code)entered by a parallel connected telephone.
(40) TURN-ON
Means the unit started to receive after 10 rings. (Remote TurnOn: Service Code #573)
(41) TIME OUT
Means the unit started to receive after Ring Time Out in theEXT-TAM or TEL/FAX mode.
(42) IDENT
Means the unit detected Ring Detection.
(43) CNG OGM
Means the unit detected the CNG while it was sending theDummy Ring Back Tone in the TEL/FAX mode, or whileanswering a call in the EXT-TAM mode. Or means the unitdetected the CNG while it was sending the OGM in theANS/FAX mode.
(44) CNG ICM
Means the unit detected the CNG while it was recording theICM in the ANS/FAX mode.
7.5.3.1. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE HISTORY REPORT
88
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6. TROUBLESHOOTING DETAILS
7.6.1. OUTLINE
Troubleshooting is for recovering quality and reliability by determining the broken component and replacing, adjusting orcleaning it as required. First, determine the problem then decide the troubleshooting method. If you have difficulty finding thebroken part, determine which board is broken. (For example: the Digital PCB, Analog PCB, etc.) The claim tag from a customeror dealer may use different expressions for the same problem, as they are not a technician or engineer. Using your experience,test the problem area corresponding to the claim. Also, returns from a customer or dealer often have a claim tag. For thesecases as well, you need to determine the problem. Test the unit using the simple check list on SIMPLE CHECK LIST (P.91).Difficult problems may be hard to determine, so repeated testing is necessary.
7.6.2. STARTING TROUBLESHOOTING
Determine the symptom and the troubleshooting method.
CROSS REFERENCE:
USER RECOVERABLE ERRORS (P.63)
SIMPLE CHECK LIST (P.91)
DIGITAL BOARD SECTION(P.127)
POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION(P.140)
89
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.3. TROUBLESHOOTING ITEMS TABLE
ITEM SYMPTOM REFERENCEADF
(Auto Document Feeder)The document does not feed. See No Document Feed (P.92)Document jam See Document Jam (P.93)Multiple feed See Multiple Feed (P.94)Skew See Skew (P.95)
Recording paper feed The recording paper does not feed. See The Recording Paper Does not Feed (P.96)Paper jam See Paper Jam (P.97)Multiple feed and skew See Multiple Feed and Skew (P.98)
Printing The sent fax data is skewed. See The sent fax data is skewed (P.98)The received fax data is skewed. See The received fax data is skewed (P.98)The received or copied data is expanded. See Received or copied data is expanded (P.99)A black page is copied. See A blank page is copied (P.100)A blank page is received. See A blank page is received (P.102)Black or white vertical line See BLACK OR WHITE VERTICAL LINE (P.102)Black or white lateral line on print out See Black or white lateral line on print out (P.103)An abnormal image is printed See An abnormal image is printed (P.104)
CommunicationFAX, TEL
(analog board)
Cannot communicate by fax.An error code is displayed.
See COMMUNICATION SECTION (P.105) and How tooutput the journal report (P.114)
Cannot talk.The DTMF tone doesn’t work.The handset / monitor doesn’t work, etc.
See ANALOG BOARD SECTION (P.135)
Operation panel Keys are not accepted. See OPERATION PANEL SECTION (P.143)Sensor If the electric circuit is the cause, the error
message corresponding to the sensor will bedisplayed.
See SENSOR SECTION (P.144)
Cordless No link See Check Link (P.151)Battery won’t charge See Check Power (P.149) and Check Battery Charge
(P.150)No voice reception See Check Handset Reception (P.153)No voice transmission See Check Handset Transmission (P.153)Bell does not sound See Bell Reception (P.153)
90
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.3.1. SIMPLE CHECK LIST
SERIAL NO. DATEFUNCTION JUDGEMENT REFERENCE
FAX operation Transmission OK / NG
Receiving OK / NG
Copy operation OK / NG
Telephone operation Handset transceiver / receiver OK / NG
SP-PHONE sound OK / NG
Ringer sound OK / NG
Dial operation OK / NG
Volume operation OK / NG
VOX detection OK / NG Service code #815(Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)
Operation Panel Key check OK / NG Service code #561(Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)
LED check OK / NG Service code #557(Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)
LCD check OK / NG Service code #558(Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)
Sensor Sensor check OK / NG Service code #815(Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)
Clock Display changing OK / NG Is the time kept correctly?Check with another clock.
Digital TAM Greeting REC / PLAY OK / NG
Incoming message REC / PLAY OK / NG
Memo REC / PLAY OK / NG
Voice prompt OK / NG Service code #784(Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)Check whether voice prompt is play or not.
Cordless Operation Portable handset OK / NG
Link OK / NG
Battery charge OK / NG
91
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4. ADF (Auto Document Feed) SECTION
7.6.4.1. No Document Feed
CROSS REFERENCE:
DIGITAL BOARD SECTION(P.127)
POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION(P.140)
SENSOR SECTION(P.144)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
STEPPING MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT(P.185)
92
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.2. Document Jam
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
SENSOR SECTION(P.144)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
93
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.3. Multiple Feed · When using thick paper etc., sometimes the document will not be fed.
Fig. B
CROSS REFERENCE:
MAINTENANCE(P.33)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
Note:
When confirming if the characters are extended or distorted, or if the feed problem is occurred, use this test chart format
(Fig. B).
94
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.4. Skew
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
MAINTENANCE CHECK ITEMS/COMPONENT LOCATIONS (P.33)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
95
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.5. The Recording Paper Does not Feed
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94)and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
INSTALLING THE RECORDING PAPER (P.29)
DIGITAL BOARD SECTION(P.127)
POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION(P.140)
SENSOR SECTION(P.144)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
OPERATION PANEL SECTION(P.227)
96
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.6. Paper Jam
CROSS REFERENCE:
LCD MESSAGES (P.4)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
SENSOR SECTION(P.144)
SENSORS AND SWITCHES(P.186)
97
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.7. Multiple Feed and Skew
CROSS REFERENCE:
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
OPERATION PANEL SECTION(P.227)
7.6.4.8. The sent fax data is skewed
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
Skew (P.95)
7.6.4.9. The received fax data is skewed
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
Multiple Feed and Skew (P.98)
98
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.10. Received or copied data is expanded
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
99
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.11. A blank page is copied
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
A blank page is received (P.102)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
DISASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS (P.45)
THERMAL HEAD(P.182)
100
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
101
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.12. A blank page is received
CROSS REFERENCE:
A blank page is copied (P.100)
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
7.6.4.13. BLACK OR WHITE VERTICAL LINE
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
THERMAL HEAD(P.44)
HOW TO REMOVE THE THERMAL HEAD(P.51)
102
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.14. Black or white lateral line on print out
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
A blank page is copied (P.100)
DIGITAL BOARD SECTION(P.127)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
MAINTENANCE CHECK ITEMS/COMPONENT LOCATIONS (P.33)
103
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.4.15. An abnormal image is printed
* We recommend making a copy of the Fig. B document in Multiple Feed (P.94) and using it.
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
HOW TO REMOVE THE THERMAL HEAD(P.51)
104
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5. COMMUNICATION SECTION
Find the problem in the table shown below, and refer to the corresponding troubleshooting procedure in Defective FacsimileSection P.106.
No. Symptom Content Possible cause1 The paper is not fed properly when faxing.
(Nor in the copy mode.)Troubleshooting Problem with the feeding
mechanism.2 The fax usually transmits successfully but sometimes
fails. (The unit can copy documents.)Troubleshooting Problem with the service line or
with the receiver´s fax.3 The fax usually receives successfully but sometimes fails.
(The unit can copy documents.)Troubleshooting Problem with the service line or
with the transmitter´s fax.4 The fax completely fails to transmit or receive.
(The unit can copy documents.)Troubleshooting Problem with the electric circuit.
5 The fax fails either to transmit or receive when making along distance or an international call.(The unit can copy documents.)
Detailed description of thepossible causes (Similar totroubleshooting items No.2and No.3.)
Problem with the service line.
6 The fax image is poor when transmitting or receivingduring a long distance or an international call.
7 No.1-No.5 The troubleshootingprocedure for each errorcode will be printed on thecommunication resultreport.
105
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.1. Defective Facsimile Section
7.6.5.1.1. Transmit Problem
CROSS REFERENCE:
LCD MESSAGES (P.4)
MAINTENANCE(P.33)
ADF (Auto Document Feed) SECTION (P.92)
OPERATION PANEL SECTION(P.143)
106
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.1.2. Sometime there is a transmit problem
Note:
"596: Transmit level set" represents a service code. (Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66).)
CROSS REFERENCE:
LCD MESSAGES (P.4)
107
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.1.3. Receive Problem
First confirm whether the recording paper is installed properly or not before starting troubleshooting. (Refer to "Remarks ".)
Note:
"596: Transmit level set" represents a service code. (Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66).)
Remarks:
Regarding the reception problem, we have investigated the conceivable causes in the flow chart except for the software-relatederrors. However, some troubles may occur due to the software-related problems such as "OUT OF PAPER" when the faxswitches to the memory receiving mode and the memory capacity becomes full of the unprintable data. In this case, errormessages [MEMORY FULL] and its main cause, for example "CHECK PAPER" are displayed on the LCD. Once you solve themain problem, [MEMORY FULL] will be cancelled and the reception problem will be resolved.
LCD display messages indicating the error causes are shown below. Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
CHECK PAPER
COVER OPEN
UNIT OVERHEATED (COVER OPEN, etc.)...Reset the unit.
PAPER JAMMED
CHECK FILM
Please refer to USER RECOVERABLE ERRORS (P.63) for the above items. If it turns out to be a hardware deformity, pleasecheck each sensor. (Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS (P.69).)
108
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.1.4. The unit can copy, but cannot transmit/receive
CROSS REFERENCE:
ANALOG BOARD SECTION(P.135)
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
109
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
The following two causes can be considered for this symptom.
7.6.5.1.5. The unit can copy, but cannot either transmit/receive long distance orinternational communications
Cause 1:
The other party is executing automatic dialing, the call has been received by this unit, and the CED or DIS signal response timeis too long. (In most cases, this unit detects the CNG signal and can respond to CED or DIS.) (According to the ITU-T standard,the communication procedure is cancelled when there is no response from the other party within 35 sec, so that the other partyreleases the line.)
(Cause and Countermeasure)
As shown in the chart above, the total handshaking time must be reduced, but because of the long distance connection andlinking of several stations, the line connection time cannot be reduced. Accordingly, the following countermeasures should betried.
(A)... As the 35 sec. count is started directly after dialing or directly after the START button has been pressed for models witha START button, the other party should be called manually, if possible. Another possibility is entering two pauses at the end ofthe auto dial number on the transmission side. Then the count start time can be delayed for 2 pauses (about 10 sec.).
Cause 2:
Erroneous detection because of an echo or an echo canceler.
(Echo/Echo Canceler)
The signal from FAX1 reaches FAX2 via stations 1 and 2, but the reflection signal at station 2 also returns via station 1 (echo).As the distance between station 1 and station 2 is far, the echo returns to FAX 1 at a max of 600 msec after transmission. Thereis a possibility that this signal is detected erroneously as the signal from FAX2. For a normal call, there is also a possibility thatthe echo of their own voice will make the call difficult to understand. For this reason, each station (station 1 and station 2)attaches echo cancelers (S1 and S2) for international lines or long distance lines. For the echo canceler, the level of thetransmission signal from FAX 1 is compared with the level of the reception signal from FAX2. When the transmission signal islarger, S1 is closed while S2 is opened when it is smaller. In other words, for transmission from FAX1, S1 is closed and S2 isopen, so that the echo does not return to FAX1.
110
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(Causes and Countermeasures)
Fig. a (Overlapping the Echo of the DIS signal and DCS signal)Fig. b (Countermeasure by Changing the CED Frequency)
No. Countermeasure Side Echo Communication Problem Example Countermeasure Service Code1 Sending side Some time is needed to compare the level
of the receiving and sending signals for theecho canceler. The header of the trainingsignal lacks due to a switching delay toclose S1.
Add a dummy signal to the beginningof the training signal.
Service code (521)(International mode select)
This countermeasurebecomes the default value.
2 Receiving side The echo canceler function stopsaccording to a CED signal frequency of2100Hz (S1 and S2 are both ON), a DISsignal is returned as an echo, and a DCSsignal from the sending side overlaps theDIS echo. Then the receiving side FAXcannot retrieve the DCS signal.(Refer to Fig. a)
Change to a 1100Hz CED signalfrequency. (Refer to Fig. b)
Service code (520)(CED frequency select)
Receiving side Change the regular rime of 75 msecbetween the CED signal and DIS signalto 500 msec. This will give at least 250msec to recover the echo canceleroperation. (Refer to Fig. c)
Service code (593)(Time between CED and 300
bps)
Sending side The sending side FAX sends a DCSsignal not after receiving the 1st DISsignal but after receiving the 2nd DISsignal. (Refer to Fig. d)
Service code (594)(Overseas DIS detection
select)
3 Sending side Communication failure occurs in a longdistance communication on the telephoneline without an echo canceler.
or
There are some cases (e.g. Mobil comms.)which cause the collision of TX / RX signalsdue to the delay / echo and noise of thenetwork / terminal. (Refer to Fig. e)
Decrease the transmission level from -10 dBm to -15 dBm and the echo levelwill decrease.
Service code (596)(Transmit level set)
4 Sending sideReceiving side
Decrease the receiving sensitivity from-13 dBm to about -32 dBm so an echosignal will not received.
Service code (598)(Receiving sensitivity)
5 Sending sideReceiving side
Set additional Pause time (Servicemode: code No. 774) in between theoriginal and its repeated signals, toprevent the collision of the signals atboth end.
Service code (774)(T4 timer)
111
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Fig. c (Countermeasure by Changing the Interval BetweenCED and DIS)
Fig. d (C3ountemeasure by Ignoring the 1st DIS)
<TX side signal> <RX side signal> <Countermeasure>2nd / 3rd DCS / Training & delayed CFR / FTT at TX side2nd / 3rd EOP / EOM / MPS & delayed MCF / PIP / PIN / RTP / RTN at TX sidedelayed DCS & 2nd / 3rd / --- DIS at RX side
(Fig. e)
7.6.5.1.6. The unit can copy, but the transmission and reception image are incorrect
(Long distance or international communication operation)
This symptom highly depends on the transmission and reception capability of the other FAX unit and the line conditions.
The countermeasures for this unit are shown below.
Transmission Operation:
Set the transmitting speed to 4800BPS (service mode: code No. 717) or select the overseas mode.
Reception Operation:
If 80% or more of the reception is incorrect, set the receiving speed to 4800BPS. (Service mode: code No. 718)
· Refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66).
112
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1. Equipment
· 1 jig
· 1 PC (with LINE IN)
· 1 audio cord (mini jack supported)
· 2 tel cords
Parts No. Parts Name &Description
Qt’y
PQJJ1T004Z JACK1, JACK2 2PQJJ1D010Z PIN JACK 1ECQE2155KForECQE2E155KC
CAPACITOR 2
MA4020 DIODE 2
7.6.5.1.7. How to record fax signal by using PC
Recording FAX signal is one of the useful analysis measures to solve communication problems.
The way of recording easily by using PC is shown as follows.
2. Setting up
FAX SIGNAL RECORDING JIG
3. Connecting PC and JIG
4. PC setting and recording
1. Set LINE IN to be valid in the volume control setting.
Refer to the PC instruction book.
2. Start up the PC software “ SOUND RECORDER”. (This software is bundled to Windows OS, which can create WAV file.)
Set the audio format “ PCM 22.050kHz, 8bit, mono”.
3. Click the record button and start recording after acquisition the signal.
Note:
· Not to be wind wave patterns on the wave monitor.
· Please compress the recording data when you send attaching to E-Mail because the data size will be so heavy.
· Any software which can create WAV files is available.
113
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.1.8. How to output the journal report
1. Press [MENU] repeatedly to display “PRINT REPORT”.
2. Press [ ] or [ ] until the “ JOURNAL REPORT ” is displayed.
3. Press [SET] .
4. The report is printed out.
Error code table: Refer to ERROR MESSAGES (P.7).
(1) CODE (2) RESULT (3) MODE SYMPTOM Countermeasure*
PRESSED THE STOP KEY SND & RCV Communication was interrupted by the STOP button.DOCUMENT JAMMED SND The document paper is jammed.NO DOCUMENT SND No document paper.OTHER FAX NOT RESPONDING SND Transmission is finished when the T1 TIMER expires. 1
41 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND DCN is received after DCS transmission. 242 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND FTT is received after transmission of a 2400BPS training signal. 343 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND No response after post message is transmitted three times. 444 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND RTN and PIN are received. 546 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV No response after FTT is transmitted. 648 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV No post message. 749 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV RTN is transmitted. 850 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV PIN is transmitted (to PRI-Q). 851 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV PIN is transmitted. 8
OTHER FAX NOT RESONDING RCV Reception is finished when the T1 TIMER expires. 954 ERROR-NOT YOUR UNIT RCV DCN is received after DIS transmission. 1158 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV DCN is received after FTT transmission. 1359 ERROR-NOT YOUR UNIT SND DCN responds to the post message. 1464 COMMUNICATION ERROR POL.RX Polling is not possible. 1565 COMMUNICATION ERROR SND DCN is received before DIS reception. 265 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV Reception is not EOP, EOM PIP, PIN, RTP or RTN. 268 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV No response at the other party after MCF or CFR is transmitted. 1370 ERROR-NOT YOUR UNIT RCV DCN is received after CFR transmission. 1372 COMMUNICATION ERROR RCV Carrier is cut when the image signal is received. 16
MEMORY FULL RCV The document was not received due to memory full.CANCELED SND The multi-station transmission was rejected by the user.
FF COMMUNICATION ERROR SND & RCV Modem error. For the DCN, DCN, etc. abbreviations, refer toMODEM SECTION (P.189).
12
SND=TRANSMISSION RCV=RECEPTION
Most fax communication problems can be resolved by the following steps.
1. Change the transmit level. (Service code: 596, refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66).)
2. Change the TX speed/RX speed. (Service code: 717/718, refer to SERVICE FUNCTION TABLE (P.66).)
Note*:
If the problem remains, see the following "Countermeasure " flow chart.
114
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
115
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
116
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
117
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
118
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
119
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
120
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
121
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
122
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.2. Special service journal reports
Journal 2 and Journal 3 shown below, which are special journals giving the additional detailed information about the latest 35communications, can be printed by Service Code 881 or 882. Remote printing function for the journal reports (JOURNAL,JOURNAL 2 and JOURNAL 3) is also available for service technicians. (Refer to REMOTE PROGRAMMING(P.72).) TheJOURNAL report only gives you basic information about a communication, but the other two journal reports provide differentinformation on the same item (communication).
HOW TO READ JOURNAL REPORTS:
Example:
1. Look at NO. 01 in the JOURNAL. If you want to know about the details about that item, see NO. 01 in the JOURNAL 2 andthe JOURNAL 3. You can get the following information.
* MODE: Fax transmission
* RCV. MODE: TEL
* TX SPEED: 9.6 kbps
* RESOLUTION: standard
* ENCODE: MH
* MAKER CODE: 79
2. Look at NO. 04 in the JOURNAL 2. CNG (0003) indicates that the CNG signal has been received three times since thepurchase date.
For further details, see Journal 2 (P.124) and Journal 3 (P.125).
123
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.5.2.1. Journal 2
Refer to JOURNAL 2 in Printout Example (P.125).
Journal 2 displays the additional detailed information about the last 35 communications.
Descriptions:
(1) RCV. MODE
Indicates which receive mode the unit was in when the unit received a fax message.
This information is also displayed when the unit transmitted a fax message.
(2) SPEED
Indicates the speed of the communication. If multiple pages are transmitted or received, it indicates the last page’s communicationspeed. If there is a communication error, "?" is displayed.
(3) RESOLUTION
Indicates the resolution of the communication. If multiple pages are transmitted or received, it indicates the last page’s resolution.If there is a communication error, "?" is displayed.
(4) RCV-TRIG. (CNT.)
Indicates the trigger that causes the unit to switch to the fax receive mode. The available options are listed in JOURNAL 2 inPrintout Example (P.125). The values in parentheses indicate how many times the trigger has been used. (For example, "0003"means three times.)
No. Display Function1 FAX MODE Means the unit received a fax message in the FAX mode.2 MAN RCV Means the unit received a fax message by manual operation.3 FRN RCV Means the unit received a fax message by friendly signal detection.4 VOX Means the unit detected silence or no voice.5 RMT DTMF Means the unit detected DTMF (Remote Fax activation code) entered remotely.6 PAL DTMF Means the unit detected DTMF (Remote Fax activation code) entered by a parallel connected
telephone.7 TURN-ON Means the unit started to receive after 10 rings. (Remote Turn On: Service Code #573)8 TIME OUT Means the unit started to receive after Ring Time Out in the EXT-TAM or TEL/FAX mode.9 IDENT Means the unit detected Ring Detection.
10 CNG OGM Means the unit detected the CNG while it was sending the Dummy Ring Back Tone in theTEL/FAX mode.ORMeans the unit detected the CNG while it was sending the OGM in the ANS/FAX mode.
11 CNG ICM Means the unit detected the CNG while it was recording the ICM in the ANS/FAX mode.
(5) ERROR→→MEMORY
Indicates the reason why the unit received a fax message in memory.
If you look at No.11 in the JOURNAL 2 in Printout Example (P.125), it shows the fax message was received in memory due to"PAPER OUT" error.
NO RESPONSE DISAPPEARED ON JOURNAL
The "NO RESPONSE DISAPPEARED ON JOURNAL " displays the information about the last 10 communications terminated by"No Response". (Some of the communications terminated by "No Response" were not displayed in the JOURNAL.)
When a fax transmission cannot be performed because the other party’s unit is set to the TEL mode, "No response" will be printed.
124
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
(6) ENCODE
Compression Code: MH/MR
(7) MSLT
MSLT means Minimum Scan Line Time. Used only at thefactory.
(8) EQM
EQM means Eye Quality Monitor. Used only at the factory.
(9) ERROR LINE(RX)
When an error occurs while receiving a fax, this shows thenumber of error lines.
(10) MAKER CODE
This shows a 2 digit code of the other party´s fax machinebrand.
0E: "KX" model
00: Unknown
79: "UF" model
19: "Xerox" model
7.6.5.2.2. Journal 3
Refer to JOURNAL 3 in Printout Example (P.125).
Descriptions:
7.6.5.2.3. Printout Example
125
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
126
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.6. DIGITAL BOARD SECTION
When the unit fails to boot up the system, take the troubleshooting procedures very carefully. It may have a serious problem.
The symptom: No response when the power is turned on. (No LCD display, and keys are not accepted.)
The first step is to check the power source. If there is no problem with the power supply unit, the problem may lie in the digitalunit (main board).
As there are many potential causes in this case (ASIC, DRAM, etc.), it may be difficult to specify what you should check first.If a mistake is made in the order of checks, a normal part may be determined faulty, wasting both time and money.
Although the tendency is to regard the problem as a serious one (IC malfunction, etc.), usually most cases are caused by solderfaults (poor contact due to a tunnel in the solder, signal short circuit due to solder waste).
Note:
1. Electrical continuity may have existed at the factory check, but a faulty contact occurred as a result of vibration, etc., duringtransport.
2. Solder waste remaining on the board may get caught under the IC during transport, causing a short circuit.
Before we begin mass production, several hundred trial units are produced at the plant, various tests are applied and anymalfunctions are analyzed. (In past experiences, digital IC (especially DRAM and FLASH ROM) malfunctions are extremely rareafter installation in the product.)
This may be repaired by replacing the IC, (DRAM etc.). However, the real cause may not have been an IC malfunction but asoldering fault instead.
Soldering faults difficult to detect with the naked eye are common, particularly for ASIC and RA (Resistor Array). But if you havean oscilloscope, you can easily determine the problem site or IC malfunction by checking the main signal lines.
Even if you don’t have such a measuring instrument, by checking each main signal line and resoldering it, in many cases theproblem will be resolved.
An explanation of the main signals (for booting up the unit) is presented below.
Don’t replace ICs or stop repairing until checking the signal lines.
An IC malfunction rarely occurs. (By understanding the necessary signals for booting up the unit, the “Not Boot up”display is not a serious problem.)
What are the main signals for booting up the unit?
Please refer to Digital Block Diagram (P.128).
The ASIC (IC501) controls all the other digital ICs. When the power is turned on, the ASIC retrieves the operation code storedin the FLASH ROM (IC502), then follows the instructions for controlling each IC. All ICs have some inner registers that areassigned to a certain address.
It is the address bus by which the ASIC designates the location inside each IC. And the data bus reads or writes the data inorder to transmit the instructions from the ASIC to the ICs.
These signal lines are all controlled by voltages of 3.3V (H) or 0V (L).
127
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.6.1. Digital Block Diagram
You also need to check the signal lines listed here [List 1] when the unit fails to boot up the system. Those signal lines shouldremain normal. Other signal lines are not directly related to that failure even if they have faults or troubles.
As long as these signals remain normal, once the power is turned on, each IC can repeatedly output 3.3V (H) and 0V (L). Thefollowing shows NG and normal wave patterns.
NG Wave pattern (Refer to NG EXAMPLE)
128
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Normal Wave Patterns
Remarks:
When you use an oscilloscope to judge whether a signal to be tested is normal or NG, perform the signal check in exactly thesame order as in [List 1]. (If the ASIC fails to access the FLASH ROM, the ASIC cannot access DRAM normally.)
The digital circuit actually operates according to the timing combinations of these signals. If the timing of these signals is evenslightly delayed, the circuit will not work. Nor will it if the IC is defective and the output voltage level is not normal although thetiming of these signals is accurate enough to meet the specifications. (Make sure that your oscilloscope is calibrated beforestarting a test.)
Therefore, it is imperative to confirm whether each IC outputs the signal at the correct level. (See the I/O Pin No. Diagram .)The signal level should be constantly output at between 3.3V (H) and 0V (L) as described earlier.
Note:
Simply check the output level and make sure if the IC repeatedly outputs the signal at between 3.3V (H) and 0V (L).
129
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
I/O and Pin No. Diagram
130
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
After the power is turned on, the ASIC initializes and checks each IC.
The ROM, DRAM, and modem are checked.
If initialization fails for the ICs, the system will not boot up.
In this case, please find the cause as follows.
CROSS REFERENCE:
NG Example (P.133)
Check the status of the digital board (P.134)
POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION(P.140)
131
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check the status of the digital board (P.134)
Other NG example while the power is ON and the LCD displays the following.
Note:
Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
132
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.6.2. NG Example
133
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.6.3. Check the status of the digital board
CROSS REFERENCE:
NG Wave pattern (Refer to NG EXAMPLE) (P.128)
134
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.7. ANALOG BOARD SECTION
This chapter provides the testing procedures required for the analog parts. A signal route to be tested is determined dependingupon purposes. For example, the handset TX route begins at the handset microphone and the signal is output to the telephoneline. The signal mainly flowing on this route is analog. You can trace the signal with an oscilloscope. The signal flow on eachroute is shown in the Check Sheet here. If you find a specific problem in the unit, for example if you cannot communicate withthe SP-PHONE, trace that signal route locally with the following Check Sheet and locate the faulty point.
7.6.7.1. Check Sheet for Signal Route
135
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
136
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
3. No ring tone (or No bell)
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
NCU SECTION(P.198)
4. No tone dialing
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
7.6.7.2. Defective fax NCU section
1. No Speakerphone and no monitor reception
Perform a signal test in the FAX NCU section and locate a defective point (where the signal disappears) on each route betweenthe microphone and the telephone line (sending), or between the telephone line and the speaker (receiving). Check thecomponents at that point. Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135) is useful for this investigation.
2. No pulse dialing
137
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.8. DIGITAL SPEAKERPHONE
The digital speakerphone has different features from the analog speakerphone.
The analog speakerphone switches between Tx or Rx. Either Tx or Rx is able to pass through a telephone line or speaker,depending on the Tx and Rx signal (voice) level. The higher-level signal (either TX or RX) can pass through the route.
Therefore, you never hear the other party´s voice while you are talking. However, the digital speakerphone allows you to hearthe other party´s voice while you are talking. So both Tx and Rx are active at the same time. There is also a difference in thetroubleshooting procedures between the two types.
At the start of communication, during the initial 2~3 correspondences, the digital speakerphone performs half-duplex operation,alternating between transmission (Tx) and reception (Rx). Then duplex communication becomes available.
Learning occurs during the initial 2~3 correspondences in order to set the appropriate parameters for duplex communication.
You cannot check the digital speaker phone by the signal route test mentioned in the Analog Board Section because the levelis always changing as stated above.
Therefore, there is a service function for this troubleshooting. In this service mode, you can set the mute to either Tx or Rx. Thenyou can check the signal route of the speaker phone Tx or the speaker phone Rx without any disturbances.
138
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Note:
Check to the SP-Phone Rx/Tx signal routes. (Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)).
139
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.9. POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION
7.6.9.1. Key components for troubleshooting
Check the following parts first: F101, D101-D104, C106, Q101, PC101 and IC101.
This comes from our experience with experimental tests. For example: power supply and lightning surge voltage test, withstandingvoltage test, intentional short circuit test, etc.
Caution:
If you find a melted fuse in the unit, do not turn on the power until you locate and repair the faulty parts (except for the fuse);
otherwise the fuse will melt again and you cannot pinpoint the faulty point.
In most cases, the symptom is that nothing is output. It is more likely that the fault is in the primary side rather than the secondaryside. Check the primary side first.
140
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.9.2. Troubleshooting Flow Chart
141
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.9.3. Broken Parts Repair Details
(D101, D102, D103, D104)
Check for a short-circuit in terminal 4. If D101, D102, D103 and D104 are short-circuits, F101 will melt (open).
In this case, replace all of the parts (D101, D102, D103, D104, F101).
(Q101)
The worst case of Q101 is a short-circuit between the Drain and Gate because damage expands to the peripheral circuit of Q101.
This is due to a very high voltage through the Gate circuit which is composed of R128, R109, D106 and IC101.
You should change all of the parts listed as follows.
F101, Q101, R128, R109, D106, IC101
(D201)
If D201 is broken, the oscillation circuit in the power supply cannot operate. Check it with an electric tester.
142
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.10. OPERATION PANEL SECTION
7.6.10.1. No Key Operation
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
7.6.10.2. No LCD Indication
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
143
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.11. SENSOR SECTION
Refer to SENSORS AND SWITCHES(P.186) for the circuit descriptions.
The Test Function makes the sensor circuit check easier. (Refer to TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69).)
For example, as for "COVER OPEN SENSOR", "CO" is turned ON/OFF on the display when you open or close the front cover.Also, document sensor, read position sensor, recording paper sensor and jam sensor are turned ON/OFF by the copy operation.Therefore, each sensor can be checked for proper mechanical operation.
As for the electric check, check whether each voltage is right or not with following flowchart turning each sensor lever ON/OFFmanually. Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
7.6.11.1. Check the Document Top SW (SW353)................."REMOVE DOCUMENT"
7.6.11.2. Check the Document Set SW (SW352)................."CHECK DOCUMENT"
7.6.11.3. Check the Cover Open and the Film End SW (SW1)................."COVER OPEN "or "CHECK FILM"
144
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.11.4. Check the Paper Top Sensor (PS501)........................" PAPER JAMMED"
145
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.12. CIS (Contact Image Sensor) SECTION
Refer to SCANNING BLOCK (P.184).
CROSS REFERENCE:
TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69)
146
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.13. THERMAL HEAD SECTION
Refer to THERMAL HEAD (P.182).
147
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.14. CORDLESS SECTION
Flow Chart
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Power (P.149)
Bell Reception (P.153)
Check Battery Charge (P.150)
Check Link (P.151)
Check Handset Transmission (P.153)
Check Handset Reception (P.153)
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
148
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (P.208)
CROSS REFERENCE:
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT / RESET CIRCUIT (P.211)
Note:
BBIC is IC2.
Note:
BBIC is IC1.
7.6.14.1. Check Power
7.6.14.1.1. Base Unit
Is the AC Adaptor inserted into AC outlet? (Check AC Adaptor’s specification.)
7.6.14.1.2. Handset
149
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Power (P.149)
CHARGE CIRCUIT (P.211)
Note:
BBIC is IC1.
7.6.14.2. Check Battery Charge
7.6.14.2.1. Base Unit
CROSS REFERENCE:
CHARGE CIRCUIT (P.211)
7.6.14.2.2. Handset
150
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.14.3. Check Link
7.6.14.3.1. Base Unit
CROSS REFERENCE:
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (P.208)
ADJUS TMENT ITEMS (P.157)
151
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.14.3.2. Handset
CROSS REFERENCE:
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (P.208)
ADJUS TMENT ITEMS (P.163)
152
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
CROSS REFERENCE:
TELEPHONE LINE INTER FACE (P.208)
Check Link (P.151)
Note:
BBIC is IC1.
7.6.14.4. Check Handset Transmission
CROSS REFERENCE:
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
7.6.14.5. Check Handset Reception
CROSS REFERENCE:
HOW TO CHECK THE HANDSET SPEAKER (P.156).
Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135)
7.6.14.6. Bell Reception
7.6.14.6.1. Base Unit
Note:
BBIC is IC2.
7.6.14.6.2. Handset
153
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.15. CHECK PROCEDURE (CORDLESS BASE UNIT)
7.6.15.1. Preparation
7.6.15.1.1. Equipment Required · DECT tester: Ronde & Schwarz, CMD 60 is recommended.
· Frequency counter: it must be precise to be able to measure 1Hz (precision;±4ppm).
Hewlett Packard, 53131A is recommended.
· DC power: it must be able to output at least 1A current under 9V.
· Digital multi-meter (DMM): it must be able to measure voltage and current.
· Oscilloscope
7.6.15.1.2. JIGs and PC · EEPROM serial JIGs
1. I2C PCB: PQZZTCD705BX
2. RS232C cable: PQZZ1CD705BX
3. Clip cable: PQZZ2CD705BX
4. DC cable: PQZZ3CD705BX
· PC which runs in DOS mode
· Batch file for setting: PQZZTCD410E
7.6.15.2. PC Setting
7.6.15.2.1. Connections
7.6.15.2.2. PC Setting
1. Open a window of MS-DOS mode from the start-up menu.
2. Change a directory to the one with “RTX_COM” contained.
3. Type “SET RTX_COM=1” from the keyboard (when COM port 1 is used for the connection).
4. Type “doskey”.
Note:
See the table below for frequently used commands.
Command name Function Examplerdeeprom Read the data of EEPROM Type “rdeeprom 00 00 FF”, and the data from
address “00 00” to “FF” is read out.readid Read ID (RFPI) Type “readid”, and the registered ID is read out.writeid Write ID (RFPI) Type “writeid 00 18 E0 0E 98”, and the ID “0018 E0 0E
98” is written.setfreq adjust Frequency of RFIC Type “setfreq nn nn”.hookoff off-hook mode on Base Type “hookoff”.hookon on-hook mode on Base Type “hookon”.Getchk Read checksum Type “getchk”.Wreeprom write eeprom Type "wreeprom 01 23 45". "01 23" is address and "45"
is data to be written.
154
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.16. CHECK PROCEDURE (PORTABLE HANDSET)
7.6.16.1. Preparation
7.6.16.1.1. Equipment Required · DECT tester: Ronde & Schwarz, CMD 60 is recommended.
· Frequency counter: it must be precise to be able to measure 1Hz (precision; ±4ppm).
Hewlett Packard, 53131A is recommended.
· DC power: it must be able to output at least 1A current under 2.4V for Handset, 9V for JIG.
· Digital multi-meter (DMM): it must be able to measure voltage and current.
· Oscilloscope
7.6.16.1.2. JIGs and PC · EEPROM serial JIGs
1. I2C PCB: PQZZTCD705BX
2. RS232C cable: PQZZ1CD705BX
3. Clip cable: PQZZ2CD705BX
4. DC cable: PQZZ3CD705BX
· PC which runs in DOS mode.
· Batch file for PC setting: PQZZTCD410E
7.6.16.2. PC Setting
7.6.16.2.1. Connections
7.6.16.2.2. PC Setting
1. Open a window of MS-DOS mode from the start-up menu.
2. Change a directory to the one with “RTX_COM” contained.
3. Type “SET RTX_COM=1” from the keyboard (when COM port 1 is used for the connection).
4. Type “doskey”.
Note:
See the table below for frequently used commands.
Command name Function Examplerdeeprom Read the data of EEPROM Type “rdeeprom 00 00 FF”, and the data from
address “00 00” to “FF” is read out.readid Read ID (RFPI) Type “readid”, and the registered ID is read out.writeid Write ID (RFPI) Type “writeid 00 18 E0 0E 98”, and the ID “0018 E0 0E
98” is written.setfreq adjust Frequency of RFIC Type “setfreq nn nn”.Getchk Read checksum Type “getchk”.Wreeprom write eeprom Type "wreeprom 01 23 45". "01 23" is address and "45"
is data to be written.
155
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
7.6.17. HOW TO CHECK THE HANDSET SPEAKER
1. Prepare the digital voltmeter, and set the selector knob to ohm meter.
2. Put the probes at the speaker terminals as shown below.
156
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8 ADJUSTMENTS8.1. ADJUSTMENTS (CORDLESS BASE UNIT)
If your unit have below symptoms, adjust or confirm each item using remedy column from the table.
Symptom RemedyThe base unit dose not respond to a call from handset. Make adjustments in item (A)~(F), (I)~(M)The base unit dose not transmit or the transmit frequency is off. Make adjustments in item (A)~(E), (H)~(J), (L)The transmit frequency is off. Make confirmation in item (A)~(E), (H)~(J), (L)The transmit power output is low, and the operating distance between base unit and handset isless than normal.
Make confirmation in item (H), (K)
The reception sensitivity of base unit is low with noise. Make confirmation in item (K)The transmit level is high or low. Make adjustments in item (O)The reception level is high or low. Make adjustments in item (N)The unit does not link. Make confirmation in item (A)~(M)
Note:
Refer to ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (P.157)
8.1.1. ADJUST MENT ITEMS
Items AdjustmentPoint
Procedure* Check orReplace Parts
(A) 2.65V SupplyConfirmation
- 1. Confirm that the voltage between TP187 and GND is 2.65V ± 0.2V. IC2,Q8,C23,C24,C25,C26,C27,C38,R33,R36,D5,C41,R41,R42,Q9,C40,D4,X1,
C32,C33(B) 4.0V Supply
Confirmation- 1. Confirm that the voltage between TP91 and GND is 4.0V ± 0.2V. D4,C40,Q9,
R41,R42,C41,D5,C75,C78,
C69,C66,C67,C76,IC3
(C) VBACK StatusConfirmation
- 1. Confirm that the voltage between J102 and GND is 0V ± 0.4V. IC2,Q8,C23,C24,C25,C26,C27,C38,R33,R36,D5,C41,R41,R42,Q9,C40,D4,R33,X1,C32,C33
(D)* BBIC Selftest - 1. BBIC Selftest (Execute the command "getchk").
2. Confirm the returned checksum value.
3. Execute the command "getver".
4. Confirm the returned checksum value.
IC2,X1,C32,C33
(E)* BBIC Clock Adjustment TP1 1. Execute the command "deactmac".
2. Execute the command "conttx".
3. Adjust the frequency of TP1 executing the command "setfreq 00 xx (where xxis the value)" so that the reading of the frequency counter is 10.368000MHz ±3Hz.
IC2,IC3,L1,C48,X1,C32,
C33
(F)* Hookswitch Check withDC Characteristics
- 1. Connect CN102 (Telephone Socket) to Tel-simulator which is connected with600 Ω.
2. Set line voltage to 48V and line current to 40mA.
3. Execute the command "hookoff"
4. Confirm that the line voltage is 40V ± 5V.
5. Execute the command "hookon".
6. Confirm that the line current is 0V + 2V.
IC2,R7,R8,R9,R10,R77,Q2,Q3,D2,
C1,C2
(G)* DTMF GeneratorConfirmation
- 1. Connect CN102 (Telephone Socket) to DTMF tester.
2. Execute the command "hookoff" and "dtmf_up".
3. Confirm that the high frequency group is -6.5dBm ~ -9.5dBm.
4. Execute the command "dtmf_lo".
5. Confirm that the low frequency group is -9.0dBm ~ -12.0dBm.
IC2,R32,C22,R23,C80,C14,C13,Q6,R22,R21,R19,R20,
C12,D2,C1,C2,R77,D3,R12,Q2,R7,R8,R9,R10,
Q3
157
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Items AdjustmentPoint
Procedure* Check orReplace Parts
(H)* Transmitted PowerConfirmation
- 1. Configure the DECT tester (CMD60) as follows;
<Setting>
· Testmode: FP
· Traffic Channel: 5
· Traffic Slot: 4
· Mode: Loopback
· PMID: 0000
· Antenna set to 0
2. Execute the command "testmode".
3. Initiate connection from DECT tester.
4. Confirm that the NTP value at ANT is 20dBm ~ 25dBm.
IC2,IC3,L1,C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38
(I) Modulatoin Check andAdjustment
ANT Follow steps 1 to 3 of (H) above. 1. Confirm that the B-Field Modulation is 340kHz/div ~ 402kHz/div using data type
Fig31.
2. Adjust the B-Field Modulation if required. (Execute the command "readmod"and "writemod xx", where xx is the value.)
IC2,IC3,L1,C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38(J) Frequency Offset
Confirmation- Follow steps 1 to 3 of (H) above.
1. Confirm that the frequency offset is < ± 40kHz.
Refer to FREQUENCY TABLE (MHz) (P.167).
IC2,IC3,L1,C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38(K) Sensitivity Receiver
Confirmation- Follow steps 1 to 3 of (H) above.
1. Set DECT tester power to -88dBm.
2. Confirm that the BER is < 1000ppm.
IC2,IC3,L1,C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38(L) Timing Confirmation - Follow steps 1 to 3 of (H) above.
1. Confirm that the Timing accuracy is < ± 5.0ppm.IC2,IC3,L1,
C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38(M)* RSSI Level
Confirmation- Follow steps 1 to 3 of (H) above.
1. Set DECT tester power to -88dBm.
2. Execute the command "readrssi".
3. Confirm that the returned value is 0x34 ± A (hex).
IC2,IC3,L1,C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38
158
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Items AdjustmentPoint
Procedure* Check orReplace Parts
(N)* Receive Audio Checkand Adjustment
ANTCN102
1. Configure the DECT tester (CMD60) as follows;
<Setting>
· Testmode: FP
· Mode: Normal
· PMID: 0000
2. Execute the command "testmode".
3. Initiate connection from DECT tester.
4. Execute the command "hookoff".
5. Execute the command "openau".
6. Connect CN102 (Telephone Socket) to Tel-simulator which is connected with600 Ω.
7. Set line voltage to 48V and line current to 40mA.
8. Connect DECT tester to Tel-simulator.
9. Input audio signal (200mVrms/1kHz tone) to Tel-simulator.
<DECT tester setting>
· Scramble: On
· AF Gen to ADPCM: Off
· AF Meter Input: ADPCM
· AF Gen Frequency: 1000Hz
· AF Gen Level: 200mVrms
10. Confirm hearing tone: 360mVrms ± 60mVrms
11. Adjust audio level if required. (Make sure current value using "getspkrgain".And then execute the command "setspkrgain xx", where xx is the value.)
12. Confirm that the B-field audio distortion with DECT tester is < 5 %.
IC2,C21,R31,C20,C11,R18,R16,D3,R12,Q2,R7,R8,
Q3,R9,R10,D2,C1,C2,
R77,IC3,L1,C43,C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,
DA1,R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,
C86,R38
(O)* Transmit Audio Checkand Adjustment
ANTCN102
1. Configure the DECT tester (CMD60) as follows;
<Setting>
· Testmode: FP
· Mode: Normal
· PMID: 0000
2. Execute the command "testmode".
3. Initiate connection from DECT tester.
4. Execute the command "hookoff".
5. Execute the command "openau".
6. Connect CN102 (Telephone Socket) to Tel-simulator which is connected with600 Ω.
7. Set line voltage to 48V and line current to 40mA.
8. Input audio signal (30mVrms/1kHz tone) to from DECT tester.
<DECT tester setting>
· Scramble: On
· AF Gen to ADPCM: On
· AF Meter Input: AF Voltm
· AF Gen Frequency: 1000Hz
· AF Gen Level: 30mVrms
9. Confirm hearing tone: 270mVrms ± 45mVrms
10. Adjust audio level if required. (Make sure current value using "getmicgain". Andthen execute the command "setmicgain xx", where xx is the value.)
11. Confirm that the audio distortion at 600R of Tel-simulator is < 5 %.
IC2,R32,C22,R23,C80,C14,C13,R22,R21,Q6,R18,R19,R20,C12,D2,C1,C2,R77,R16,D3,R12,Q2,R7,R8,
R9,R10,Q3,IC3,L1,C43,
C78,C75,C69,C48,C72,C66,C67,C76,C57,C73,L3,DA1,
R66,R67,C55,C56,R78,R79,C54,C58,C86,
R38
Note:
After the measuring, sock up the solder of TP.
* : PC Setting (P.154) is required beforehand.
The connection of adjustment equipment are as shown in ADJUSTMENT STANDARD (Base Unit) (P.160).
159
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8.1.2. ADJUST MENT STANDARD (Base Unit)
When connecting the Simulator Equipments for checking, please refer to below.
8.1.2.1. Component View
AUTO
-CH
C81
A201
A202
C54
C58
R79
ANT
R78
C70
C55
R66
J125
C53C4
3
R38
C68
L19
C48
C122
C105
C119C1
20
L5
X1
IC2
C21
C79
R23
C14R3
1
R26
C12
R20
R54
C49
R81
Q2
D2
R55
C3
PC1
R113
Q7
C15
R14
PFUP
1322
ZBP
bF
R15
C8
C106
C107
C108
C109
C111 C6 R8
R10
C60
C110
Q3
L10
L12
L13
L14
L15
REF-
CHC7 R9
R4R3C5
J126
R52
Q10
2
EG
JTSP
GR
PDAL
Q10
7
R104
R103
R33
C27
R87
R86
R36
Q6
E
C13
R22
D6
RL1
101
C25
C23 Q
8
R30
64
49
32
1716
48
33
1
C41
C40
D10
D5R35C33
C32
C30C29
C24
R117C117
R118C116J124R115R116
Q106R114C118
C101R21 R107R108
C100R106
C104
C4
C63
SA2 L2
ZNR2
ZNR1
R77
Q105
D7
R53R1
C74R82
R2
R72R71
Q11
R13C9
R7
R73
L11
R74
R112
C113C112
C1
C2
SA1
CN2CN1
11 11 2
C114R111
R101
C115
C62
R70
Q4
R11
C103
R105
R109C102
R32C22
C19C18
R29C28
C26IC1
C35R57C36
C37
C34
R42
R41
Q9
L1
ADJU
STL3 C57
C83
C85
C71
C56
R67
28
1118
IC3
1
DA1C82
C73
L18
C75
C78
C69
C84
C66
C67
C50
R88
Q103
R110
J102VBACK
R102
Q104
Q101
C38
R58
C76 C121L20
C72
C87PC
B-CH
COUN
TRY
J104SCLJ103SDA
C20C11R17
C51R56 R16
R18
R19
R6R5
R27R24
C10
R25R28C16C17
R12
Q5
D3
J105GND
J101+2.65V
E
Dig
ital
Vol
t Met
er
(C)
DE
CT
test
erC
MD
60
(H)
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(N)
(O)
To P
C (
JIG
)
(D)
(E)
(F)
(G)
(H
) (N
) (O
)
Note:
(H) - (O) are refered to ADJUSTMENTS (CORDLESS BASE UNIT) (P.157)
160
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8.1.2.2. Flow Solder Side View
TP89
TP45
TP20
5TP
203
TP6
TP
7TP
204
TP20
2TP
90TP
50TP
97
TP82
TP18
7
TP1
TP91
TP18
8
TP39
TP20
1
TP20
0
TP2
TP5Dig
ital
Vol
t Met
er
(B)
Dig
ital
Vol
t Met
er
(A)
Freq
uenc
yC
ount
er
(E)
Note:
(A) - (O) are refered to ADJUSTMENTS (CORDLESS BASE UNIT) (P.157)
161
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8.1.3. RF SPECIFICATION (Base Unit)
Item Value Refer to - RemarksTX Power More than 20 dBm ~ 25 dBm ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (H)Modulation 340 kHz/div ~ 402 kHz/div ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (I) Data type: Fig31Frequency Offset -40 kHz ~ +40 kHz ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (J)RX Sensitivity < 1000 ppm ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (K)Timing Accuracy < ± 5.0 ppm ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (L)RSSI Level 0x34 hex ± A hex ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (M)
Note:
Refer to ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (P.157)
162
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8.2. ADJUSTMENTS (PORTABLE HANDSET)If your unit have below symptoms, adjust or confirm each item using remedy column from the table.
Symptom RemedyThe movement of Battery Low indicator is wrong. Make confirmation in item (A)~(C), (F)~(G)The handset does not respond to a call from base unit. Make adjustments in item (A)~(C), (H), (J)~(N)The handset does not transmit or the transmit frequency is off. Make adjustments in item (A)~(C), (H)~(K), (M)The transmit frequency is off. Make confirmation in item (A)~(C), (H)~(K), (M)The transmit power output is low, and the operating distance between base unit and handset isless than normal.
Make confirmation in item (I), (L)
The reception sensitivity of base unit is low with noise. Make confirmation in item (L)Dose not link between base unit and handset. Make confirmation in item (A)~(C), (H)~(N)The reception level is high or low. Make adjustments in item (O)The transmit level is high or low. Make adjustments in item (P)
Note:
Refer to ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (P.163)
8.2.1. ADJUST MENT ITEMS
Items AdjustmentPoint
Procedure* Check orReplace Parts
(A) 4.0V SupplyConfirmation
- 1. Confirm that the consumption current is < 200mA , that is, there is no shortcircuit.
2. Confirm that the voltage between TP14 and GND is 4.1V ± 0.2V.
IC1,F1,R21,R4,C33,L2,D1,C15,C2,C14,Q1,R3,R2,D2,R22,C26,X1,C16,
C17(B) VBACK Status
Confirmation- 1. Confirm that the voltage between TP18 and GND is 0V ± 0.4V. IC1,F1,R21,
R4,C33,L2,D1,C15,C2,C14,Q1,R3,R2,D2,R22,C26,R16,X1,
C16,C17(C) BBIC Selftest - 1. BBIC Selftest (Execute the command "getchk").
2. Confirm the returned checksum value.
Connection of checksum value and program number is shown below.
IC1,X1,C16,C17
(D) Charge Control Check &Charge Current Monitor
Confirmation
- 1. Apply 6V between TP5(+) and TP6(-) with current limit of PSU to 200mA.
2. Confirm that the charge current is ON/OFF.
3. SW to decrease current limit of PSU to 100mA.
4. Confirm that the charge current is stable.
IC1,D4,L4,L5,Q2,Q3,
R6,D2,R22,C26,F1,R21,
R4,C33
(E)* Charge Detection (OFF)Confirmation
- 1. Stop supplying 6V to TP5(+) and TP6(-).
2. Execute the command "charge".
3. Confirm that the returned value is 0x00 (hex).
IC1,D4,L4,L5,Q2,Q3,
R6,D2,R22,C26,F1,R21,
R4,C33(F)* Battery Monitor
Confirmation- 1. Apply 2.3V ± 0.005V between TP3(+) and TP4(-).
2. Execute the command "readbatt".
3. Subtract "0x06" from returned value which define "XX" and confirm that the"XX" is 0x92 ~ 0xA2 (hex).
4. Execute the command "WRTBAT2 XX".
IC1,D4,L4,L5,Q2,Q3,
R6,D2,R22,C26,F1,R21,
R4,C33
(G) Battery low Confirmation - 1. Apply 2.40V between TP3(+) and TP4(-).
2. Confirm that there is no Speaker sound (Battery low alarm).
3. Apply 2.20V between TP3(+) and TP4(-).
4. Confirm that there is Speaker sound (Battery low alarm).
IC1,F1,R21,R4,C33,C12,
C31,R17,R20,C10,C11,D6,
D7
(H)* BBIC Clock Adjustment TP19 1. Execute the command "conttx".
2. Adjust the frequency of TP19 executing the command "setfreq 00 xx (where xxis the value)" so that the reading of the frequency counter is 10.368000MHz ±0.000003Hz.
IC1,L3,C57,IC3,X1,C16,
C17
163
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Items AdjustmentPoint
Procedure* Check orReplace Parts
(I)* Transmitted PowerConfirmation
TP15 Remove the Antenna before starting step from 1 to 5. 1. Configure the DECT tester(CMD60) as follows;
<Setting>
· Testmode: PP
· RFPI: 0102030405
· Traffic Channel: 5
· Traffic Slot: 4
· Mode: Loopback
2. Execute the command "testmode".
3. Execute the command "regcmd60"
4. Initiate connection from DECT tester.
5. Confirm that the NTP value at A201 (TP15) is 20dBm ~ 25dBm
IC1,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18
(J) Modulation Check andAdjustment
TP15 Follow steps 1 to 4 of (I) above. 1. Confirm that the B-Field Modulation is 340kHz/div ~ 402kHz/div using data type
Fig31.
2. Adjust the B-Field Modulation if required. (Execute the command "Readmod"and "Writemod xx", where xx is the value.)
IC1,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18(K) Frequency Offset
Confirmation- Follow steps 1 to 4 of (I) above.
1. Confirm that the frequency offset is < ± 40kHz.
Refer to FREQUENCY TABLE (MHz) (P.167).
IC1,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18(L) Sensitivity Receiver
Confirmation- Follow steps 1 to 4 of (I) above.
1. Set DECT tester power to -88dBm.
2. Confirm that the BER is < 1000ppm.
IC1,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18(M) Timing Confirmation - Follow steps 1 to 4 of (I) above.
1. Confirm that the Timing accuracy is < ± 10ppm.IC1,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18(N)* RSSI Level
Confirmation- Follow steps 1 to 4 of (I) above.
1. Set DECT tester power to -88dBm.
2. Execute the command "readrssi"
3. Confirm that the returned value is 0x34 ± A (hex).
IC1,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18(O)* Receive Audio Check
and AdjustmentTP15 1. Configure the DECT tester (CMD60) as follows;
<Setting>
· Testmode: PP
· Mode: Normal
· RFPI: 0102030405
2. Execute the command "testmode".
3. Execute the command "regcmd60"
4. Initiate connection from DECT tester.
5. Execute the command "openaudio".
6. Confirm that the value of EEPROM address "F3F" is "02". (If the value is not"02", set "02" and power off and power on, and return to clause 2.)
7. Input audio signal (50mVrms/1kHz tone) from DECT tester.
<DECT tester setting>
· Scramble: On
· AF Gen to ADPCM: On
· AF Meter Input: AF Voltm
· AF Gen Frequency: 1000Hz
· AF Gen Level: 50mVrms
8. Confirm hearing tone: 300mV ± 250mV (Just check Audio path)
9. Confirm that the audio distortion with DECT tester is < 5 %.
IC1,C12,C31,R17,R20,C10,
C11,D7,D6,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,C57,
C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,R18
164
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Items AdjustmentPoint
Procedure* Check orReplace Parts
(P) Transmit Audio Checkand Adjustment
TP15 1. Configure the DECT tester (CMD60) as follows;
<Setting>
· Testmode: FP
· Mode: Normal
· RFPI: 0102030405
2. Execute the command "testmode".
3. Execute the command "regcmd60".
4. Initiate connection from DECT tester.
5. Execute the command "openaudio".
6. Confirm that the value of EEPROM address "F3F" is "02". (If the value is not"02", set "02" and power off and power on, and return to clause 2.)
7. Input audio signal (30mVrms/1kHz tone) to from DECT tester.
<DECT tester setting>
· Scramble: On
· AF Gen to ADPCM: Off
· AF Meter Input: ADPCM
· AF Gen Frequency: 1000Hz
· AF Gen Level: 30mVrms
8. Confirm hearing tone: 300mV ± 250mV (Just check Audio path)
9. Confirm that the audio distortion with DECT tester is < 5 %.
IC1,C8,R7,R8,C6,C7,C5,R5,R1,
C4,IC3,C54,C66,C60,L3,
C57,C55,C56,C62,R23,R24,C63,C64,C65,
R18
Note:
After the measuring, sock up the solder of TP.
* : PC Setting (P.155) is required beforehand.
The connection of adjustment equipment are as shown in ADJUSTMENT STANDARD (Handset) (P.166).
165
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8.2.2. ADJUST MENT STANDARD (Handset)
When connecting the Simulator Equipments for checking, please refer to below.
C54
R23
R24
D1
C63
C66
C62
C65
C14
TP
1
TP
2
PbF
SP
SP
C2
C15
L2
L3
D7
D3
D5
C10R17
C12
R11R16C22
C30C8
C3
C26 C28C29
C6
R8
D2
D4
C16C17
R12 R22
Q3
Q2
R4C7
C4C5
C33
MIC
R5R7R1
D6C11R20
R2
R3
C21
C25
R19
D5
IC1
IC2
100
80
30F
1
50 58
41
1
R18 C
27
TP
18C20
C23
C18
L5
L4
R21
R6
C24
X1
Q1
C31
TP
19
TP
13T
P17
TP
14
TP
16T
P12
TP
3
TP
4T
P10
BAT
GN
DS
CL
SD
A
C57
C64
C56
C55
11
18
1 28
IC3
C60
DE
CT
test
erC
MD
60
(I)
(J)
(K)
(L)
(M)
(N)
(O)
(P)
Freq
uenc
yC
ount
er(H
)
Dig
ital
Vol
t Met
er(A
)
Dig
ital
Vol
t Met
er(B
)
(C)
(E)
(F)
(H)
(I)
(O)
(P)
DC
6VO
scill
osco
pe
Cur
rent
Pro
be
(D)
(E)
(D)
(D)
TP
5 TP
6
TP
7T
P8
DC
2.20
V ~
2.4
0V(F
) (G
)
To P
C (
JIG
)
AF
SG
( DE
CT
TE
ST
ER
C
MD
60)
AF
Vol
t Met
er(D
EC
T T
ES
TE
R C
MD
60)
Note:
(A) - (P) are refered to ADJUSTMENTS (PORTABLE HANDSET) (P.163)
166
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
8.2.3. RF SPECIFICATION (HANDSET)
Item Value Refer to -. ** RemarksTX Power More than 20 dBm ~ 25 dBm ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (I)Modulation 340 kHz/div ~ 402 kHz/div ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (J) Data type: Fig31Frequency Offset -40 kHz ~ +40 kHz ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (K)RX Sensitivity < 1000 ppm ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (L)Timing Accuracy < ± 10 ppm ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (M)RSSI Level 0x34 hex ± A hex ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (N)
Note:
Refer to ADJUSTMENT ITEMS (P.163)
8.3. FREQUENCY TABLE (MHz)CORDLESS BASE UNIT HANDSET
Channel No Transmit Frequency Receive Frequency Transmit Frequency Receive Frequency1 1897.344 1897.344 1897.344 1897.3442 1895.616 1895.616 1895.616 1895.6163 1893.888 1893.888 1893.888 1893.8884 1892.160 1892.160 1892.160 1892.1605 1890.432 1890.432 1890.432 1890.4326 1888.704 1888.704 1888.704 1888.7047 1886.976 1886.976 1886.976 1886.9768 1885.248 1885.248 1885.248 1885.2489 1883.520 1883.520 1883.520 1883.52010 1881.792 1881.792 1881.792 1881.792
Note:
Channel No. 10 : In the Test Mode on Base Unit and Handset.
167
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9 CIRCUIT OPERATIONS
9.1. CONNECTION DIAGRAM
168
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.2. GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAMThe following is an outline of each device IC on the digital board. (Refer to GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM (P.170).).
1. ASIC (IC501)
Composed mainly of an address decoder and a modem control.
Controls the general FAX operations.
Controls the operation panel I/F.
Controls the thermal head I/F and CIS I/F.
Performs the image processing.
CPU and Real time clock
2. Flash ROM (IC502)
Contains all of the program instructions on the unit operations.
This memory is used mainly for the parameter working in the storage area.
3. Dynamic RAM (IC503)
This memory is used mainly for the parameter working in the storage area.
4. MODEM (IC505)
Performs the modulation and the demodulation for FAX communication.
5. Read Section
CIS image sensor to read transmitted documents.
6. Motor Driver (IC508)
Drives the transmission motor and the reception motor.
7. Thermal Head
Contains heat-emitting elements for dot matrix image printing.
8. Analog Board
Composed of CDL I/F circuit and NCU circuit.
9. Sensor Section
Composed of a cover open and film end switch, a document set switch, a document top switch, a paper top sensor and a motorposition switch.
10. Power Supply Board Switching Section
Supplies +5V, +8V and +24V to the unit.
11. Flash Memory (IC512)
This memory is used for voice prompt.
169
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.2.1. GENERAL BLOCK DIAGRAM
CROSS REFERENCE:
ANALOG BOARD DIAGRAM (P.197)
CORDLESS BASE BLOCK DIAGRAM (P.207)
170
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.3. CONTROL SECTION
9.3.1. BLOCK DIAGRAMIC
501
AS
IC
AD
R[1
5:13
]R
BA
[5:0
]A
DR
[12:
0]
DB
[7:0
]
XR
DX
WR
XR
OM
CS
XO
PR
BE
XM
DM
CS
IC50
2F
LAS
HIC
505
MO
DE
M
A[1
7:0] D[7
:0]
XR
D
XC
S
A[4
:0] D[7
:0]
XR
DX
WR
XC
S
XW
DE
RR
INO
UT
GN
D
TO OPE
RATI
ON
PANE
L
KS
TAR
T,K
LAT
CH
KS
CLK
,KT
XD
KR
XD
TO CIS
F1,
FT
G
VID
EO
CIS
ON
TO TH
RM
AL
HE
AD
TH
DAT
,TH
CLK
,T
HLA
TS
TB
1,S
TB
2
TM
+24
V
TO MO
TOR
TM
[3:0
],TX
E
TO PO
WE
RS
UP
PLY
+24
V,+
5V,P
G,D
G
OP
-RE
SE
T
+24
V
XR
ES
ET
IX
OR
ES
ET
XR
ES
ET
XB
AC
KE
N
RE
SE
T-IC
+3.
3V/B
ATT
+2.
5V/B
ATT
BAT
T+ -
24.5
76M
Hz
32.7
68K
Hz
A[12:0]
RBA[5:0]
A[4:0]
+5V
XR
AS
XC
AS
A[9
:0] D
[7:0
]
XR
DX
WR
XR
AS
XC
AS
IC50
3D
RA
M
A[7:4]
RBA[5:0]
FIL
ME
ND
SE
NS
OR
LED
ON
PAP
ER
TO
P
PS
501
+3.
3V
CN
504
CN
503
CN
505
CN
502
CN
506
SW
501
IC50
8M
OTO
R D
RV
CIS
LED
ON
IC51
6B
UF
FE
R
IC51
7A
ND
32.2
56M
Hz
+3.
3V
VD
ET
Q50
5+
3.3V
+2.
5VQ
506
+2.
5V/B
ATT
+3.
3V/B
ATT
FCS
IC51
24M
-FLA
SH
CLE
ALE
WE
RE
CE
XH
ST
RD
XR
ES
CS
2
XH
ST
WR
D[7
:0]
KX
-FC
195
: CO
NT
RO
L S
EC
TIO
N B
LOC
K D
IAG
RA
M
171
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.3.2. MEMORY MAP
172
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
This custom IC is used for the general FAX operations.
1. CPU:
This model uses a Z80 equivalent to the CPU operating at12 MHz. Most of the peripheral functions are performed bycustom-designed LSIs. Therefore, the CPU only works forprocessing the results.
2. RTC:
Real Time Clock
3. DECODER:
Decodes the address.
4. ROM/RAM I/F:
Controls the SELECT signal of ROM or RAM and the bankswitching.
5. CIS I/F:
Controls the document reading.
6. IMAGE DATA RAM:
This memory is programmed into the ASIC and uses 8 KBfor the image processing. (See Fig. A.*)
7. THERMAL HEAD I/F:
Transmits the recorded data to the thermal head.
8. MOTOR I/F:
Controls the transmission motor which feeds the document.
Controls the receiving motor which feeds the recordingpaper.
9. OPERATION PANEL I/F:
Serial interface with Operation Panel.
10. I/O PORT:
I/O Port Interface.
11. ANALOG UNIT:
Electronic volume for the monitor.
Sends beep tones, etc.
9.3.3. ASIC (IC501)
Fig. A
Note*:
This memory is incorporated into the ASIC (IC501) and used for the image processing.
Fig. A shows the memory map of the Image Data RAM.
173
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.3.4. FLASH ROM (IC502)
The 512KB ROM (FLASH ROM) carries a common area of 32KB and bank areas which each have 8KB (BK4~BK63). Theaddresses from 0000H to 7FFFH are for the common area and from 8000H to 9FFFH are for the bank areas.
9.3.5. DYNAMIC RAM (IC503)
The DRAM serves as CPU and receives memory.
The address is F200H~F3FFH (DRAM access window 1) and F600H~F7FFH (DRAM access window 2).
Descriptions of Pin Distribution (IC501)
NO. SIGNAL I/O POWER SUPPLIEDVOLTAGE
DESCRIPTION
1 VSSA GND POWER SOURCE (ANALOG GND)2 VDDA 3.3 3.3V POWER SOURCE (ANALOG +3.3V)3 AIN1 A 3.3V CCD IMAGE SIGNAL INPUT4 AIN2 A 3.3V THERMISTOR TEMPERATURE WATCH INPUT5 AIN3 A 3.3V -----------6 AMON A 3.3V ANALOG SIGNAL MONITOR TERMINAL7 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)8 X32OUT O 3.3V/BATT RTC (32.768KHz) CONNECTION9 X32IN I 3.3V/BATT RTC (32.768KHz) CONNECTION
10 VDD (3.3V / B) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V/LITHIUM BATTERY)11 XBACEN I 3.3V/BATT BACKUP ENABLE12 XRAMCS O 3.3V/BATT NOT USED13 VDD (3.3V / B) ----- POWER SOURCE(+3.3V / LITHIUM BATTERY)14 VDD (2.5V/B) ----- POWER SOURCE (+2.5V / LITHIUM BATTERY)15 FTG O 3.3V SH SIGNAL OUTPUT FOR CIS (SI)16 F1 O 3.3V 01 SIGNAL OUTPUT FOR CIS (CLK)17 F2/OP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (THON)18 FR/OP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (CDLRLY)19 CPC I 3.3V INPUT PORT (CPC)20 RVN I 3.3V INPUT PORT (PTOP)21 IRDATXD/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (CISLED)22 IRDARXD/IOP80 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (TONE2EN)23 TXD/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (FILMEND)24 RXD/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (TONE1EN)25 XRTS/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (LOWIMP)26 XCTS/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (SPMUTE)27 VDD (2.5V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+2.5V)28 TONE1 A 3.3V TONE OUTPUT29 TONE2 A 3.3V TONE OUTPUT30 VOLUREF A 3.3V ANALOG REF VOLTAGE31 VOLUOUT A 3.3V VOLUME OUTPUT32 VOLUIN A 3.3V VOLUME INPUT33 XNMI I 3.3V HIGH FIXED34 FMEMDO/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (CDLIND)35 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)36 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)37 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)38 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)39 MIDAT/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (BREAK)40 MICLK/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (OF_MREN)41 MILAT/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (MODTXEN)42 20KOSC/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (R_B)43 XWAIT I 3.3V INPUT PORT (MPOS)44 HSTRD/IOP O 3.3V FLASH RD45 HSTWR/IOP O 3.3V FLASH WR46 XOPRBE O 3.3V MFCS47 ADR15 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 15 (NOT USED)48 ADR14 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 14 (NOT USED)49 ADR13 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 13 (NOT USED)50 VDD (2.5V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+2.5V)51 XOUT O 3.3V SYSTEM CLOCK (24MHz)52 XIN I 3.3V SYSTEM CLOCK (24MHz)53 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)
174
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
NO. SIGNAL I/O POWER SUPPLIEDVOLTAGE
DESCRIPTION
54 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)55 XTEST O 3.3V 24MHz CLOCK56 TEST1 I 3.3V HIGH FIXED57 TEST2 I 3.3V HIGH FIXED58 TEST3 I 3.3V HIGH FIXED59 TEST4 I 3.3V HIGH FIXED60 XMDMINT I 3.3V MODEM INTERRUPT61 XMDMCS O 3.3V MODEM CHIP SELECT62 XRAS/IOP O 3.3V DRAM (IC503) ROW ADDRESS STROBE63 XCAS1/IOP O 3.3V DRAM (IC503) CULUM ADDRESS STROBE64 XCAS2/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUR PORT (SENLED)65 XRESCS2 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (FCS)66 DB3 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 367 DB2 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 268 DB4 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 469 DB1 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 170 DB5 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 571 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)72 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)73 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)74 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)75 DB0 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 076 DB6 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 677 DB7 I/O 3.3V CPU DATA BUS 778 XROMCS O 3.3V ROM (IC502) CHIP SELECT79 RD O 3.3V CPU RD80 WR O 3.3V CPU WR81 ADR0 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 082 ADR1 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 183 ADR2 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 284 ADR3 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 385 ADR4 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 486 ADR5 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 587 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)88 VDD (2.5V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+2.5V)89 ADR6 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 690 ADR7 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 791 ADR8 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS BUS 892 ADR9 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS 993 ADR10 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS 1094 ADR11 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS 1195 ADR12 O 3.3V CPU ADDRESS 1296 RBA0 O 3.3V ROM/RAM BANK ADDRESS 097 RBA1 O 3.3V ROM/RAM BANK ADDRESS 198 RBA2 O 3.3V ROM/RAM BANK ADDRESS 299 RBA3 O 3.3V ROM/RAM BANK ADDRESS 3100 RBA4 O 3.3V ROM/RAM BANK ADDRESS 4101 RBA5 O 3.3V ROM/RAM BANK ADDRESS 5102 RBA6/IOP96 O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (CISON)103 STB1 O 3.3V STROBE SIGNAL OUTPUT TO THERMAL HEAD104 STB2 O 3.3V STROBE SIGNAL OUTPUT TO THERMAL HEAD105 STB3 O 3.3V STROBE SIGNAL OUTPUT TO THERMAL HEAD106 XRESET I 3.3V RESET INPUT107 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)108 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)109 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)110 VDD (3.3V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+3.3V)111 XORESET O 3.3V NOT USED112 VDD(5V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+5V)113 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)114 XRESETI I 3.3V RESET INPUT115 WDERR O 3.3V WATCHED ERROR OUTPUT SIGNAL116 THDAT O 3.3V RECORDED IMAGE OUTPUT117 THCLK O 3.3V CLOCK OUTPUT FOR DATA TRANSFER118 THLAT O 3.3V PULSE OUTPUT FOR DATA LATCH119 STBNP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (TEST)
175
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
NO. SIGNAL I/O POWER SUPPLIEDVOLTAGE
DESCRIPTION
120 RM0/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (MDMRST)121 RM1/IOP O 3.3V OUTPUT PORT (LINERLY)122 RM2/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (ALE)123 RM3/IOP O 3.3V CLE124 RXE/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (BELL)125 TMO O 3.3V MOTOR A PHASE126 VDD (2.5V) ----- POWER SOURCE (+2.5V)127 VSS GND POWER SOURCE (GND)128 TM1/IOP O 3.3V MOTOR B PHASE129 TM2/IOP O 3.3V MOTOR /A PHASE130 TM3/IOP O 3.3V MOTOR /B PHASE131 TXE/IOP O 3.3V MOTOR ENABLE SIGNAL132 KSTART O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL CONTROL133 KLATCH O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL CONTROL134 KSCLK O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL CONTROL135 KTXD O 3.3V OPERATION PANEL CONTROL136 KRXD I 3.3V OPERATION PANEL CONTROL137 FMEMCLK/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (CDLHOOK)138 FMEMDI/IOP I 3.3V INPUT PORT (OPRESET)139 ADSEL1 O 3.3V CHANNEL SELECT SIGNAL FOR AIN2140 VDDA (2.5V) 2.5V POWER SOURCE (ANALOG +2.5V)141 VREFB A 3.3V A/D CONVERTER´S ZERO STANDARD VOLTAGE
OUTPUT142 VCL A 3.3V ANALOG PART STANDARD VOLTAGE SIGNAL143 VREFT A 3.3V A/D CONVERTER´S FULL SCALE VOLTAGE
OUTPUT144 VSSA GND POWER SOURCE (ANALOG GND)
176
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.3.6. RESET CIRCUIT (WATCH DOG TIMER)
The output signal (reset) from pin 4 of the voltage detect IC (IC507) is input to the ASIC (IC501) 114 and 106 pins.
1. During a momentary power interruption, a positive reset pulse of 50~70 msec is generated and the system is reset completely.
2. The watch dog timer, built-in the ASIC (IC501), is initialized by the CPU about every 1.5 ms.
When a watch dog error occurs, pin 115 of the ASIC (IC501) becomes low level.
The terminal of the ´WDERR´ signal is connected to the reset line, so the ´WDERR´ signal works as the reset signal.
177
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.3.7. RTC BACKUP CIRCUIT
1. Function
This unit has a lithium battery (BAT501) which works for Real Time Clock IC (RTC: inside IC501).
The RTC continues to work, backed up by a lithium battery even when the power switch is OFF.
The user parameters for autodial numbers, the system setup data and others are in the FLASH MEMORY (IC502).
2. RTC Inside (IC501) Backup Circuit Operation
When the power switch is turned ON, power is supplied through Q506 to the RTC (inside IC501). At this time, the voltage atpin 14 of the IC501 is +2.5V. When the power switch is turned OFF, the BAT501 supplies power to RTC through D503 andQ506. The voltage at pin 14 of IC501 is about +2.2V. When the power switch is OFF and the voltage of +3.3V decreases, pin14 of RTC (IC501) becomes roughly the same voltage as the battery voltage. RTC goes into the backup mode, in which thepower consumption is lower.
178
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.3.8. SUPERVISION CIRCUIT FOR THE THERMAL HEAD TEMPERATURE
1. Function
The thermistor changes the resistor according to the temperature and uses the thermistor´s characteristics. The output of pin137 of IC501 becomes a low level. Then when it becomes a high level, it triggers point A In point C, according to the voltageoutput time, the thermal head´s temperature is detected.
After the thermal head temperature is converted to voltage in B, it is then changed to digital data in the A/D converter insideIC501. The CPU decides the strobe width of the thermal head according to this value. Therefore, this circuit can keep thethermal head at an even temperature in order to stabilize the printing density and prevent the head from being overheated.
CROSS REFERENCE:
THERMAL HEAD(P.182)
179
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.4. FACSIMILE SECTION
9.4.1. IMAGE DATA FLOW DURING FACSIMILE OPERA TION
Copy (Fine, Super-Fine, Half Tone)
1. Line information is read by CIS (to be used as the reference white level) via route1, and is input to IC501. Refer to BLOCKDIAGRAM (P.181)
2. In IC501, the data is adjusted to a suitable level for A/D conversion in the Analog Signal Processing Section, and via route2it is input to A/D conversion (8 bit). After finishing A/D conversion, the data is input to the Image Processing Section viaroute3. Then via route4 and route5, it is stored in RAM as shading data.
3. The draft’s information that is read by CIS is input to IC501 via route1. After it is adjusted to a suitable level for A/Dconversion via route2, the draft’s information is converted to A/D (8 bit), and it is input to the Image Processing Section. Theother side, the shading data which flows from RAM via route6 and route7, is input to the Image Processing Section. Afterfinishing the draft’s information image processing, white is regarded as "0" and black is regarded as "1". Then via routes4and 5, they are stored in RAM.
4. The white/black data stored as above via routes6 and 8 is input to the P/S converter. The white/black data converted toserial data in the P/S converter is input to the Thermal Head via route9 and is printed out on recording paper.
Note:
Standard : Reads 3.85 times/mm
Fine : Reads 7.7 times/mm
Super-Fine : Reads 15.4 times/mm
Transmission
1. Same processing as Copy items 1 - 3.
2. The data stored in the RAM of IC501 is output from IC501 via routes6 and 10, and is stored in the system bus.
Via route11, it is stored in the communication buffer inside DRAM (IC503).
3. While retrieving data stored in the communication buffer synchronous with the modem, the CPU (inside IC501) inputs thedata to the modem along route12, where it is converted to serial analog data and forwarded over the telephone lines via theNCU Section.
Reception
1. The serial analog image data is received over the telephone lines and input to the modem via the NCU section, where it isdemodulated to parallel digital data. Then the CPU (IC501) stores the data in the communication buffer DRAM (IC503)along route12.
2. The data stored in DRAM (IC503) is decoded by the CPU (IC501) via route12, and is stored in DRAM (IC503) via routes13and 5.
3. Same processing as Copy item 4.
180
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.4.2. BLOCK DIAGRAM
181
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.4.3. THERMAL HEAD
1. Function
This unit utilizes the state of the art thermal printer technology.
The ink film is chemically processed. The ink film is comprised of two parts: an ink layer and a base film. When the thermal headcontacts this ink film, it emits heat momentarily, and the ink layer is melted and transferred to the paper. If this continues, lettersand/or diagrams appear, and the original document is reproduced.
2. Circuit Operation
Refer to the block diagram and the timing chart on the following page.
There are 9 driver ICs aligned horizontally on the thermal head and each one of these ICs can drive 192 heat-emitting registers.This means that one line is at a density of 192×9=1728 dots=(8 dots/mm).
White/Black (white=0, black=1) data in one line increment is synchronized at IC501 pin 117 (THCLK), and sent from IC501 pin116 (THDAT) to the shift register of the ICs. The shift registers of the 9 ICs are connected in series, and upon the shift of the1728 dot increment, the shift register becomes filled with data, and a latch pulse is emitted to each IC from IC501 pin 118(THLAT).
With this latch pulse, all the contents of the shift registers are latched to the latch registers. Thereafter, through the addition ofstrobes from the IC501 pins (103, 104), only the dot location of black (=1) among latched data activates the driver, and thecurrent passes to heat the emitting body to cause heat emission.
Here, the two line strobes, STB1 to STB2, impress at intervals of 9.216 msec, as required for one-line printout.
The sequence is shown on the next page. [Moreover, for the strobe width, the thermistor value inside the thermal head isdetected according to IC501 pin 4. Depending on that value, the strobe width is recorded in FLASH ROM (IC502). Accordingly,the strobe width is determined.]
When the thermal head is not used, the IC501 (137, THON) becomes low, Q501 turns OFF, IC506 turns OFF, and the +24Vpower supply for the thermal head driver is not impressed to protect the IC.
182
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
183
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.4.4. SCANNING BLOCK
The scanning block of this device consists of a control circuit and a contact image sensor made up of a celfoc lens array, an LEDarray, and photoelectric conversion elements.
When an original document is inserted and the start button pressed, pin 15 of IC519 goes to a high level and Q521 and Q520 areturned ON, pin 21 of IC501 goes to a high level and the transistor Q507 turns on.This applies voltage to the LED array to light it.The contact image sensor is driven by each of the FTG-F1 signals output from IC501, and the original image illuminated by the LEDarray undergoes photoelectric conversion to output an analog image signal (SIG). The analog image signal is input to the systemASIC on AIN1 (pin 1 of IC501) and converted into 8-bit data by the A/D converter inside IC501. Then this signal undergoes digitalprocessing in order to obtain a high-quality image.
184
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Stepping Motor Drive ModeFunction Mode Phase Pattern Speed
Copy Standard or Fine 1-2 432 pps (t=1/432)Super Fine 1-2 216 pps (t=1/216)
Paper Feed ——— 1-2 432 pps (t=1/432)Stand-by ——— All phases are
currently off.None
9.4.5. STEPPING MOTOR DRIVE CIRCUIT
1. Function
The stepping motor works for both transmission and reception.
2. Motor
During motor driving, pin 131 of ASIC IC501 becomes a high level, and Q503, Q502 turns ON. As a result, +24V is suppliedto the motor coil.
Stepping pulses are output from ASIC IC501 pins, 125, 128~130, causing driver IC508 pins, 10~13 to drive the Motor Coil. Themotor coil is energized sequentially in 2 phase increments, which causes a 1-step rotation. A 1-step rotation feeds 0.13 mm ofrecording paper or document paper.
The timing chart is below.
When the motor suspends while it is in the receive mode (about 70~80 msec), pin 131 of ASIC IC501 becomes a low level andQ503 turns OFF. Then Q502 also turns OFF, and instead of +24 V, +5 V is supplied through D501 so that the motor is held inplace. When the system is in the stand-by mode, all of the motor drive transistors turn OFF. Consequently, the motor currentstops.
185
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.5. SENSORS AND SWITCHESAll of the sensor and switches are shown below. Refer to LCD MESSAGES (P.4).
Sensor CircuitLocation
Sensor Sensor or Switch Name Message Error
Operation Panel SW352 Document set SW [CHECK DOCUMENT]SW353 Document top SW [REMOVE DOCUMENT]
Digital PCB SW1 Film End/Cover open SW [COVER OPEN] or [CHECKFILM]
PS501 Paper Top Sensor [PAPER JAMMED]Switch on Gear chassis Motor Position SW ————
Note:
See TEST FUNCTIONS(P.69). (#815: Sensor Check)
Sensor Locations
186
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.5.1. DOCUMENT TOP SW (SW353)................."REMOVE DOCUMENT"
When a document is brought to the read position, the SW turns ON, and the input signal of IC301-16 pin (Operation) becomes alow level. When there is no document at the read position, the SW turns OFF, and the input signal of IC301-16 pin (Operation)becomes a high level.
Operation BoardPhoto transistor Signal (IC301-16 pin)
Out of the Read Position OFF High levelAt the Read Position ON Low level
9.5.2. DOCUMENT SET (SW352)................."CHECK DOCUMENT"
When a document is set, the SW turns ON, and the input signal of IC301-15 pin (Operation) becomes a low level. When there isno document, the SW turns OFF, and the input signal of IC301-15 pin (Operation) becomes a high level.
Operation BoardPhoto transistor Signal (IC301-15 pin)
No document OFF High levelSet document ON Low level
9.5.3. COVER OPEN / FILM END SW (SW1)................"COVER OPEN " or "CHECK FILM"
When the operation panel cover is closed and a film is set, the SW turns ON, and the input signal of IC501-23 pin (Digital) becomesa low level. When the cover is opened, the SW turns OFF, and the input signal of IC501-23 pin (Digital) becomes a high level.
Digital BoardPhoto transistor Signal (IC501-23 pin)
Cover open or no film OFF High levelCover closed and set a film ON Low level
187
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.5.4. PAPER TOP SENSOR (PS501)........................"PAPER JAMMED"
When the recording paper is loaded on the print head, the shelter plate shuts the sensor light, and the photo transistor becomesOFF. The input signal of IC501-20 pin becomes a high level. Usually, the shelter plate is lifted, the photo transistor becomes ON,and the input signal of IC501-20 pin becomes a low level.
Photo transistor Signal (IC501-20 pin)Recording paper top OFF High levelNo recording paper ON Low level
9.5.5. MOTOR POSITION SENSOR
This sensor is a detection switch for recording the position of the CAM.
Signal (IC501-43 pin)Home position Low levelOther High level
188
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.6. MODEM SECTION
9.6.1. FUNCTION
The unit uses a 1 chip modem (IC505) that serves as an interface between the control section for FAX transmission andreception and the telephone line. During a transmitting operation, the digital image signals are modulated and sent to thetelephone line.
During a receiving operation, the analog image signals which are received via the telephone line are demodulated andconverted into digital image signals. The communication format and procedures for FAX communication are standardized byITU-T. This 1 chip modem (IC505) has hardware which sends and detects all of the necessary signals for FAX communication.
It can be controlled by writing commands from the CPU (IC501: inside ASIC) to the register in the modem (IC505).
This modem (IC505) also sends DTMF signals, generates a call tone (from the speaker), and detects a busy tone and dialtones.
Overview of Facsimile Communication Procedures (ITU-T Recommendation):
1. ON CCITT (International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative Committee)
The No. XIV Group of ITU-T, one of the four permanent organizations of the International Telecommunications Union (ITU),investigates and make recommendations on international standards for facsimiles.
2. Definition of Each Group
· Group I (G1)
Official A-4 size documents without using formats which reduce the band width of a signal are sent over telephone lines.Determined in 1968.
Transmission for about 6 minutes at a scanning line density of 3.85 lines/mm.
· Group II (G2)
Using reduction technology in the modulation/demodulation format, an A-4 size document is sent at an official scanning linedensity of 3.85 lines/mm for about 3 minutes.
Methods to suppress redundancy are not used.
Determined in 1976.
· Group III (G3)
Method of suppressing redundancy in the image signal prior to modulation is used. An A-4 size document is sent withinabout one minute.
Determined in 1980.
· Group IV (G4)
Transmission is via the data network. A method is provided for suppressing redundancy in signals prior to transmission, anderror-free reception of transmission is possible.
The scope of these facsimile applications is not limited simply to transmission of written statements. Through symbioticlinkages with other communication methods, it can be expected to expand to include integrated services.
189
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
3. Facsimile Call Time Series
As shown in the following diagram, the facsimile call time series is divided into five phases.
Phase A : Call setting
Call setting can be manual/automatic.
Phase B : Pre-message procedure
Phase B is a pre-processing procedure and sequence for confirming the status of the terminal, transmission route, etc., and forterminal control. It implements terminal preparation status, determines and displays terminal constants, confirmssynchronization status, etc. and prepares for transmission of facsimile messages.
Phase C : Message transmission
Phase C is the procedure for the transmitting facsimile messages.
Phase D : Post message procedure
Phase D is the procedure for confirming that the message is completed and received. For continuous transmission, phase Bor phase C is repeated for transmission.
Phase E : Call retrieval
Phase E is the procedure for call retrieval, that is for circuit disconnection.
4. Concerning Transmission Time
Transmission Time = Control Time + Image Transmission Time + Hold Time
Transmission time consists of the following.
Control time:
This is time at the start of transmission when the functions at the sending and receiving sides are confirmed, thetransmission mode is established, and transmission and reception are synchronized.
Image transmission time:
This is the time required for the transmission of document contents (image data). In general, this time is recorded in thecatalog, etc.
Hold time:
This is the time required after the document contents have been sent to confirm that the document was actually sent, andto check for telephone reservations and/or the existence of continuous transmission.
5. Facsimile Standards
ItemTelephone Network Facsimile
G3 MachineConnection Control Mode Telephone Network Signal ModeTerminal Control Mode T. 30 BinaryFacsimile Signal Format DigitalModulation Mode PSK (V. 27 ter) or QAM (V. 29)Transmission Speed 300 bps (Control Signal)
2400, 4800, 7200, 9600, 12000, 14400 bps (FAX Signal)Redundancy CompressionProcess(Coding Mode)
1 dimension : MH Mode2 dimension : MR Mode (K=2.4)
Resolution Main Scan : 8 pel/mmSub Scan : 3.85, 7.7l/mm
Line Synchronization Signal EOL Signal1 Line Transmission Time[ms/line]
Depends on the degree of data reduction.Minimum Value : 10, 20Can be recognized in 40ms.
190
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
6. Explanation of Communication and Compression Techn ology
a. G3 Communication Signals (T. 30 Binary Process)
For G3 Facsimile communication, this is the procedure for exchanging control signals between the sending and receivingmachines both before and after transmission of image signals.
Control signals at 300 bps FSK are: 1850 Hz...0, 1650Hz...1.
An example of a binary process in G3 communication is shown below.
Explanation of Signals
Control signals are comprised mainly of 8-bit identification signals and the data signals added to them. Data signals areadded to DIS and DCS signals.
Signal.....DIS (Digital Identification Signal)
Identification Signal Format.....00000001
Function:
Notifies the capacity of the receiving unit. The added data signals are as follows.
Signal.....DCS (Digital Command Signal)
Identification Signal Format.....X1000001
Example (Some models do not support the following items.):
Bit No. DIS/DTC DCS1 Transmitter --- T.2 operation2 Receiver --- T.2 operation Receiver --- T.2 operation3 T.2 IOC = 176 T.2 IOC = 1764 Transmitter --- T.3 operation5 Receiver --- T.3 operation Receiver --- T.3 operation6 Reserved for future T.3 operation features7 Reserved for future T.3 operation features.
191
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Bit No. DIS/DTC DCS8 Reserved for future T.3 operation features.9 Transmitter --- T.4 operation
10 Receiver --- T.4 operation Receiver --- T.4 operation11, 12, 13, 14
0, 0, 0, 00, 1, 0, 01, 0, 0, 01, 1, 0, 00, 0, 1, 00, 1, 1, 01, 0, 1, 01, 1, 1, 00, 0, 0, 10, 1, 0, 11, 0, 0, 11, 1, 0, 10, 0, 1, 10, 1, 1, 11, 0, 1, 11, 1, 1, 1
Data signaling rateV.27 ter fall back modeV.27 terV.29V.27 ter and V.29Not usedReservedNot usedV.27 ter and V.29 and V.33Not usedReservedNot usedV.27 ter and V.29 and V.33 and V.17Not usedReservedNot usedReserved
Data signaling rate2400 bit/s, V.27 ter4800 bit/s, V.27 ter9600 bit/s, V.297200 bit/s, V.2914400 bit/s, V.3312000 bit/s, V.33ReservedReserved14400 bit/s, V.1712000 bit/s, V.179600 bit/s, V.177200 bit/s, V.17ReservedReservedReservedReserved
15 R8×7.7 lines/mm and/or 200×200 pels/25.4mm R8×7.7 lines/mm and/or 200×200 pels/25.4mm16 Two-dimensional coding capability Two-dimensional coding capability
17, 18(0, 0)
(0, 1)
(1, 0)
(1, 1)
Recording width capabilities1728 picture elements along scan line length of215 mm ± 1%1728 picture elements along scan line length of215 mm ± 1%2048 picture elements along scan line length of255 mm ± 1%2432 picture elements along scan line length of303 mm ± 1%1728 picture elements along scan line length of215 mm ± 1%2048 picture elements along scan line length of255 mm ± 1%Invalid
Recording width1728 picture elements along scan line length of215 mm ± 1%2432 picture elements along scan line length of303 mm ± 1%
2048 picture elements along scan line length of255 mm ± 1%
Invalid19, 20(0, 0)(0, 1)(1, 0)(1, 1)
Maximum recording length capabilityA4 (297 mm)UnlimitedA4 (297 mm) and B4 (364 mm)Invalid
Maximum recording lengthA4 (297 mm)UnlimitedB4 (364 mm)Invalid
21, 22, 23(0, 0, 0)(0, 0, 1)(0, 1, 0)(1, 0, 0)(0, 1, 1)(1, 1, 0)(1, 0, 1)(1, 1, 1)
Minimum scan line time capability of the receiver20 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = T3.8540 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = T3.8510 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = T3.855 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = T3.8510 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = 1/2 T3.8520 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = 1/2 T3.8540 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = 1/2 T3.850 ms at 3.85 l/mm: T7.7 = T3.85
Minimum scan line time20 ms40 ms10 ms5 ms
0 ms24 Extend field Extend field25 2400 bit/s handshaking 2400 bit/s handshaking26 Uncompressed mode Uncompressed mode27 Error correction mode Error correction mode28 Set to "0". Frame size 0 = 256 octets 1 = 64 octets29 Error limiting mode Error limiting mode30 Reserved for G4 capability on PSTN Reserved for G4 capability on PSTN31 T.6 coding capability T.6 coding enabled32 Extend field Extend field33(0)(1)
Validity of bits 17, 18Bits 17, 18 are validBits 17, 18 are invalid
Recording widthRecording width indicated by bits 17, 18Recording width indicated by this field bit information
34 Recording width capability 1216 picture elements alongscan line length of 151 ± mm 1%
Middle 1216 elements of 1728 picture elements
35 Recording width capability 864 picture elements alongscan line length of 107 ± mm 1%
Middle 864 elements of 1728 picture elements
36 Recording width capability 1728 picture elements alongscan line length of 151 ± mm 1%
Invalid
37 Recording width capability 1728 picture elements alongscan line length of 107 ± mm 1%
Invalid
38 Reserved for future recording width capability.39 Reserved for future recording width capability.40 Extend field Extend field41 R8×15.4 lines/mm R8×15.4 lines/mm
192
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Bit No. DIS/DTC DCS42 300×300 pels/25.4 mm 300×300 pels/25.4 mm43 R16×15.4 lines/mm and/or 400×400 pels/25.4 mm R16×15.4 lines/mm and/or 400×400 pels/25.4 mm44 Inch based resolution preferred Resolution type selection
"0" : neuritic based resolution"1" : inch based resolution
45 Metric based resolution preferred Don’t care46 Minimum scan line time capability for higher resolutions
"0" : T15.4 = T7.7 "1" : T15.4 = 1/2T7.7
Don’t care
47 Selective Polling capability Set to "0".48 Extend field Extend field
Note 1 - Standard facsimile units conforming to T.2 must have the following capability : Index of cooperation (IOC)=264.
Note 2 - Standard facsimile units conforming to T.3 must have the following capability : Index of cooperation (IOC)=264.
Note 3 - Standard facsimile units conforming to T.4 must have the following capability : Paper length=297 mm.
Signal Identification Signal Format FunctionTraining 1 ——————— A fixed pattern is transmitted to the receiving side at a speed (2400 to 14400
bps) designated by DCS, and the receiving side optimizes the automaticequalizer, etc., according to this signal.
TCF(Training Check)
——————— Sends 0 continuously for 1.5 seconds at the same speed as the trainingsignal.
CFR(Confirmation to Receive)
X0100001 Notifies the sending side that TCF has been properly received. If TCF is notproperly received, FTT (Failure To Train) X0100010 is relayed to the sender.The sender then reduces the transmission speed by one stage and initiatestraining once again.
Training 2 ——————— Used for reconfirming the receiving side like training 1.Image Signal Refer to the next page. ———————RTC(Return to Control)
——————— Sends 12 bits (0...01 × 6 times) to the receiver at the same speed as theimage signal and notifies completion of transmission of the first sheet.
EOP(End of Procedure)
X1110100 End of one communication
MCF(Message Confirmation)
X0110001 End of 1 page reception
DCN(Disconnect)
X1011111 Phase E starts.
MPS(Multi-Page Signal)
X1110010 Completion of transmission of 1 page. If there are still more documents to besent, they are output instead of EOP. After MCF reception, the sendertransmits an image signal of the second sheet.
PRI-EOP(Procedural Interrupt-EOP)
X1111100 If there is an operator call from the sender, it is output after RTC.
PIP(Procedural Interrupt Positive)
X0110101 This is output when an operator call is received.
193
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
b. Redundancy Compression Process Coding Mode
This unit uses one-dimensional MH format.
194
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.6.2. MODEM CIRCUIT OPERATION
The modem (IC505) has all the hardware satisfying the ITU-T standards mentioned previously.
When the ASIC IC501 (61) is brought to a low level, the modem (IC505) is chip-selected and the resistors inside IC are selectedby the select signals from ASIC (IC501) ADR0-ADR4(pin 83~87). Commands are written through the data bus, and all processingis controlled by the ASIC (IC501) according to ITU-T procedures. Here, the INT signal dispatched from IRQ (pin 60 of IC505) to theASIC (IC501) implements post processing.
This modem (IC505) has an automatic application equalizer. With training signal 1 or 2 at the time of G3 reception, it canautomatically establish the optimum equalizer. The modem (IC505) clock is supplied by pin 55 of ASIC (IC501).
1. Facsimile Transmission/DTMF Line Send
The digital image data on the data bus is modulated in the modem (IC505), and sent from pin 69 Analog SW IC520(1→2),CN602 (2), CN202 (2), amplifier IC101(6→7) and the NCU section to the telephone line.
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
2. Facsimile Reception
The analog image data which is received from the telephone line passes through the NCU section and enters pin 60 of themodem (IC505). The signals that enter pin 60 of the modem (IC505) are demodulated in the board to digital image signals, thenplaced on the data bus.
In this case, the image signals from the telephone line are transmitted serially. Hence, they are placed on the bus in 8 bit units.Here, the internal equalizer circuit reduces the image signals to a long-distance receiving level.
This is designed to correct the characteristics of the frequency band centered around 3 kHz and maintain a constant receivingsensitivity.
It can be set in the service mode.
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
3. DTMF Transmission (Monitor tone)
The DTMF signal generated in the modem (IC505) is output from pin 47, and the NCU section to the telephone line the sameas facsimile transmission signals.
(DTMF Monitor Tone)
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
4. Busy/Dial Tone Detection
The path is the same as FAX receiving. When it is detected, the carrier detect bit of the resistor in the modem (IC505) becomes1, and this status is monitored by ASIC (IC501).
195
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.7. DESCRIPTION OF BLOCK DIAGRAM IN ANALOG SECTION 1. Function
The analog section serves as an interface between the telephone line. The digital board (IC505) for transmission and receptionof FAX signals, switches between the digital board (IC505) and other sections by means of a multiplexer in the NCU section.The control signals to the individual analog sections are output mainly from ASIC IC501, and the status information for thevarious sections is also held in ASIC IC501.
Simple explanations for the various sections are given below.
2. Circuit Operation
[NCU Section]
This is composed of a bell detection circuit, pulse dial generation circuit, CPC detect circuit, vox circuit, amplifier circuit forline transmission and reception, sidetone circuit, Remote FAX activation circuit.
[Modem (IC505)]
This is used for FAX signal tone modulation, DTMF signal transmission. The DTMF signal is placed into the TX system.
196
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.7.1. A
NA
LOG
BO
AR
DD
IAG
RA
M
(
)
(
)(
)
+5VA+5VA
Q108
D118+-
~~
Q116
Q105
C159
R156
R166
R19
1R
192
R18
9
R174
D109R153
PC106DC
P-SHORT
P-SHORT
DCN
CPC
C153RL105
LINERLY
Q105Q139
R21
5
C198
+24V1+24V1
T101
R138
R137
C142
C141
C143
R136
C138
C133
IC101+12V
C246R134
R128
R125C261
R283
R286
R317
R285
C264 C263
R284+12V C136
IC101
ANALOG
RL101
RL102
FL101
CN102
J158
KX-FC195JT-G only
123456
a1Eabsb1
FG
SA
101
SA
103
SA
102
CPC
DCN
BREAK
Q132 C_GND
+5VA
R254
PC101
TaxPulseFilter
PO
S
C129C119 R134
R113
+8V
CN109
CN105
SP(+)
SP(-)
C130R116
R114
C116
Q104
DTMFIMP
C262
C273
R733
IC501IC521
R713
R734
Low-passFilter
( )
CDL BASEDIGITAL
+6.5V
C_GND
CHARGE
IC102
CD
FC2GND
VCC FC1
+5VA
+5VA
R159
SPMUTE1
2
3
4
8
7
6
5
R169
C167
C161 R164
Q140 C_GND
+5VA BELL
PC102
D121D122
R30
3
LOC
ATO
R
PC114
TONE1
CDLRLYQ128
R260
R261
+24V1
+5VAR214
R21
6
CD
LHO
OK
+5VA
PC111
R23
5
R28
1
LOW
IMP
+5VA
PC115
R30
6
R30
5
CD
LIN
D +5VA+5VA
+24V1
PC113
PC109
Q137
E-RECALL
KX-FC195 : ANALOG BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
R23
6
R28
2
R29
2
R23
8
BMC
RF
DSP
CDL NCU
Q102
C_GND
Q101
C_GND
Q107
C_GND
Q103
C_GND
RL1
RL1
TONE1EN
TONE1
TONE2
TONE2EN
MDMTXEN
R704
R658
R71
4C
713
3132
6162
69
71
72
3536
34
43
46
47
60
PIA
MODEM IC
SIA
R712
MICP
MICM
LINEIN
LINEOUT
SPKRP
SPKRM
MICPMICM
LINEIN
LINEOUT
SPKRP
SPKRM
R710C710
R706C708
R711
C709
C579
R576OF-MREN
CN105
C522
C556
R546CN509MIC(+)
MIC(-)
( )
( )
( )
DC-DCCONVERTER
197
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
9.8. NCU SECTION
9.8.1. GENERAL
It is composed of bell detection circuit, pulse dial circuit, line amplifier, sidetone circuits, Remote FAX activation circuit, CPCdetection, and a multiplexer.
9.8.2. REMOTE FAX ACTIVA TION CIRCUIT
1. Circuit Operation
After detecting the bell signal, cordless handset or another telephone connected to the same line switches to the FAX mode byDTMF signal
TEL LINE → C129 → R115 → IC101(2-1) → LPF→C246 → CN202(1) →CN602(1) → C573 → R576 → IC505(60)
.....Inside the digital Board
9.8.3. BELL DETECTION CIRCUIT
1. Circuit Operation
The signal waveform for each point is indicated below. The signal (low level section) input to pin 124 of ASIC IC501 on thedigital board is read by ASIC and judged as a bell.
TEL LINE → PC102 (1, 2 - 4) CN201(2)→CN501(2)→R721→ IC501 (124)
9.8.4. ON/OFF HOOK CIRCUIT
Normally (ON-HOOK condition), LINE RELAY (RL101) is OFF. While OFF-HOOK, RL101 turns ON and Transistor Q116 is ON.This LINE RELAY is controlled by pin 121 of IC501 through the Q115. Transistor Q116 is controlled by pin 39 of IC501 through thePC105.
ON-HOOK:
IC501 (121) Low Level → CN501 (3) → CN201 (3) → Q115 OFF → RL101 OFF
OFF-HOOK:
IC501 (39) Low Level → CN501 (6) → CN201 (6) → PC105 ON → Q116 ON
IC501 (121) High Level → CN501 (3) → CN201 (3) → Q115 ON → RL101 ON
.....Inside the digital Board
198
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.8.5. PULSE DIAL CIRCUIT
The pulse dial is generated by operating the transistor Q116 while OFF-HOOK (RL101 ON) condition.
Make state:
IC501 (39) Low Level → CN501 (6) → CN201 (6) → PC105 ON → Q116 ON
Break state:
IC501 (39) High Level → CN501 (6) → CN201 (6) → PC105 OFF → Q116 OFF
.....Inside the digital Board
9.8.6. LINE AMPLIFIER AND SIDE TONE CIRCUIT
1. Circuit Operation
The reception signal output from the line transformer T101 is input to pin (2) of IC101 via C129, R115 and then the signal isamplified at pin (1) of IC101 and sent to the reception system at through the LPF.
The transmission signal goes through R317 and C264, R286 and enters IC101-pin (6), where the signal is amplified to about17.0dB. Then, it is output from pin (7) of IC101 and transmitted to T101 via C136 and R138, R137. If the side tone circuit is notapplied, the transmission signal will return to the reception amplifier via C129 and R115. When the side tone circuit is active,the signal output from IC101 pin (7) passes through C136, R136, R134, C130 and R116 and goes into the amplifier IC101 pin(3). This circuit is used to cancel the transmission return signal.
199
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.8.7. LOW PASS FILTER (LPF)
1. Function
This low pass filter attenuates the 16-kHz account signal from the communicator to eliminate influence on the conversation andcommunication.
2. Circuit Operation
This low pass filter is an eight-order active filter, and the cutoff frequency is approximately 4kHz.
9.8.8. CPC (Calling Party Control) DETECTION CIRCUIT
1. Function
This circuit detects the signal (cuts the current) output from the converter when the other party finishes ICM recording and goesinto the ON-HOOK status.
TAD detects this signal and disconnects the line. When the TAD is operating, pin (4) of PC107 becomes a low level.
While detecting the CPC signal, pin (4) of PC107 becomes a high level. When the CPC signal is detected, the TAD operationstops and the line is disconnected.
200
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.9. SPEAKERPHONE AND MONITOR SECTION
9.9.1. GENERAL
During the monitor operation, the speaker output passes through the power amplifier (IC102) [Analog board].
The DTMF signal is output from the modem (IC505: digital board). The alarm tone, the key tone, bell tone, and beep are outputfrom gate array IC501 (digital board). During a pulse dial operation, the monitor tone is output from gate array IC501.
9.9.2. SPEAKER PHONE CIRCUIT
1. Function
The circuit controls the automatic switching of the transmitted and received signals, to and from the telephone line, when theunit is used in the hands-free mode.
2. Circuit Operation
The speakerphone can only provide duplex.
3. Signal path
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
9.9.3. MONITOR CIRCUIT
1. Function
This circuit monitors various tones, such as 1 DTMF tone,2 Alarm/Beep/Key tone/Bell 3 Dummy ring back tone.
2. Signal path
a. DTMF MONITOR
(Speaker Operation)
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
(Handset Operation)
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
b. ALARM/BEEP/KEY TONE/BELL
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
c. DUMMY RING BACK TONE
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
9.10. ATAS (Automatic Telephone Answering System) SECTION 1. Function
The ATAS main operation is performed by the special IC505 (MODEM). IC512 (FLASH MEMORY) control signals are inputfrom ASIC IC501.
a. Greeting/Message Recording
b. ICM Recording
c. Greeting/Message/ICM play to speaker
d. Greeting/Message/ICM play to Tel Line
e. Vox Detection
2. Signal Path
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
201
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.11. OPERATION BOARD SECTIONThe unit consists of a LCD (Liquid crystal display), KEYs and LEDs (light-emitting diodes). They are controlled by the Gate Array(IC301) and ASIC (IC501: on the DIGITAL BOARD). (Fig.-a)
The key matrix table is shown below.
CN301CN504
IC501
ASIC
LCD MODULE
GATE ARRAYIC301
CN302
DOCUMENT TOP SWDOCUMENT SET SW
8x5KEYSMATRIX
DIGITAL BOARD OPERATION BOARD
XL11, 12
KIN0~7
KSL0~4
KX-FC195: OPERATION BOARD BLOCK DIAGRAM
Key Matrix
Refer to PANEL LISTS (P.8)
202
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.12. LCD SECTIONThe Gate Array (IC301) works only for writing the ASCII code from the data bus (D4~D7). V0 is supplied for the crystal drive.
R303, R305 and R306 are density control resistors.
Consequently, in this unit, the timing (positive clock) is generated by the LCD interface circuitry in the gate array (IC301).
DIsplay mode Density Normal Dark2 lines (X1.0) LED1 (IC301-22pin) H L
XL14 (IC301-20pin) Hi-Z LXL15 (IC301-21pin) L L
1 line (X1.5) LED1 H HXL14 Hi-Z Hi-ZXL15 Hi-Z L
203
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
This power supply board uses the switching regulator method.
9.13. POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION
[Input Circuit]
The input current goes into the input rectifier circuit through the filter circuit. The filter circuit decreases the noise voltage andthe noise electric field strength.
[Rectifier Circuit]
The input current is rectified by D101,D102,D103 and D104 and charges C106 to make DC voltage. Then it supplies power tothe converter circuit.
[Kick-on voltage circuit]
Bias is applied to the Q101 gate via this circuit when the AC power is turned on and Q101 begins operating.
204
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
The following is an overview of how the power supply unit is controlled.
The control method of this power supply unit is pulse width modulation.
When Q1 is ON, the energy is charged in the transfer primary coil according to E1. When Q1 is OFF, the energy is output fromthe secondary transfer as follows.
L → D1 → Load → L
Then the power is supplied to the Load. When Q1 is ON, power is not output from the secondary side. The output voltage is fedback in the control IC according to the error amp rectifier. Then depending on how TON is controlled, stabilization occurs. Also,when the current load becomes too large, in order to decrease the voltage output, the increase in is controlled and the outputvoltage is stabilized.
Therefore, basically the timing: Ton/Toff of Q1 controls the output voltage.
205
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
[Surge Absorber Circuit]
This circuit is for absorbing surge voltage generated by the transformer.
[Control Circuit and Detecting Circuit]
The control circuit amplifies the output with increased voltage detected in the error detecting circuit. Then it drives the maintransistor.
In this power supply, the duty ratio is defined by changing the ON period of the main transistor.
This is shown as follows.
When the output voltage of the 24V circuit increases, the current of the photo coupler PC101 increases, the pulse width of theoutput control IC becomes narrower and the ON period of Q101 becomes shorter.
[Over Current Limiter (O.C.L)]
The highest drain current (Q101) is limited by a limiter circuit (IC101) of 24V. The 24V output is limited by this circuit.
[Over Voltage Circuit]
If the 24V output increases because the error detecting circuit or control circuit is broken, IC101 will recognize this signal andoutput becomes 0V.
Dummy load method (to quickly check the power supply output)
Refer to POWER SUPPLY BOARD SECTION (P.140).
206
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.14. CORDLESS BASE SECTION
9.14.1. CORDLESS BASE BLOCK DIAGRAM
AudioHookSwitch
BridgeRect.
A/D
D/A
AnalogFront End
RXAFTXAF
DSPBMC
Speech Encoding
Speech Decoding
RF Interface
Burst Building
Burst Decoding
ADPCMCodec Filter
EEPROMIC1 SD
SC
SYRIRSSI
SYEN
DA1TXDARXDA
IC2
4.0V
ab
BUSY TONECDL IND
CDL HOOK
LOW IMP
CDL 6.5V
GND
LOCATOR
Reg.
2.65VReg.
4.0V
Q107
2.65V
40
55
41
57
2824
61
44
69
30116364
6
56
20
RFMod
4
30
10
33
18
16
XTAL
10.368MHz
KX-FC195 : CORDLESS BASE UNIT BLOCK DIAGRAM
DTXAFDTXAF
RL1
RL1
2726
BBICInterface
ANT2ANT1
EARTH
Q102 58
Q101
Q3
CPU
Q103
9.14.2. OUTLINE
Base Unit consists of the following ICs as shown in CORDLESS BASE BLOCK DIAGRAM (P.207).
· DECT BBIC (Base Band IC): IC2
− − Handling all the audio, signal and data processing needed in a DECT base unit
− − Controlling the DECT specific physical layer and radio section (Burst Module Controller section)
− − ADPCM codec filter for speech encoding and speech decoding (DSP section)
− − Echo-cancellation and Echo-suppression (DSP section)
− − Any tones (tone, sidetone, ringing tone, etc.) generation (DSP section)
− − DTMF receiver (DSP section)
− − Clock Generation for RF Module
− − ADC, DAC, timer, and power control circuitry
− − All interfaces (ex: RF module, EEPROM, LED, Analog Front End, etc.)
· RF Module: IC3
− − PLL Oscillator
− − Detector
− − Compress/Expander
− − First/Second Mixer
− − Amplifier for transmission and reception
· EEPROM: IC1
− − Temporary operating parameters (for RF, etc.)
· Additionally,
− − Power Supply Circuit (+4.0V, +2.65V output)
− − Crystal Circuit (10.368MHz)
− − Charge Circuit
− − Telephone Line Interface Circuit
207
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.14.3. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
The power is supplied to the DECT BBIC, RF Module, EEPROM, Relay Coil, DC-DC converter on analog board through theCN1 (+6.5V) as shown in Fig.101. The power supply is as follows;
· DECT BBIC (IC2): Pin 9 of CN1 (+6.5V) → Q9 → D10 → D5 → Q8 → IC2
· RF Module (IC3): Pin 9 of CN1 (+6.5V) → Q9 → IC3
· EEPROM (IC1): Pin 9 of CN1 (+6.5V) → Q9 → D10 → D5 → Q8 → IC2 → IC1
9.14.4. TELEPHONE LINE INTERFACE
<Function>
· Bell signal detection
· Clip signal detection
· ON/OFF hook circuit
· Metering pulse detection
· Audio circuits
Bell & Clip (: Calling Line Identification Presentation: Caller ID) signal detection:
In the standby mode, Q2 is open to cut the DC loop current and decrease the ring load.
When ring voltage appears at the TP3 (A) and TP40 (B) leads (when the telephone rings), the signal is transferred as follows;
· TEL LINE → CN108(10) → CN1(10) → C4 → R2 → R29 → IC2 (DLP) [BELL & CLIP ]
· TEL LINE → CN108(11) → CN1(11) → C3 → R1 → R30 → IC2 (DLP) [BELL & CLIP ]
ON/OFF hook circuit:
In the standby mode, Q2 is open, and connected as to cut the DC loop current and to cut the voice signal. The unit isconsequently in an off-hook condition .
When IC2 detects a ring signal or press the TALK Key onto the handset, Q3 turns on and then Q2 turns on, thus providing anoff-hook condition (active DC current flow through the circuit) and the following signal flow is for the loop current.
· TEL LINE → CN108(10) → CN1(10) → R77 → D2 → Q2 → R8 → Q3 → D2→ B [OFF HOOK]
208
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.14.5. TRANSMITTER / RECEIVER
Base Unit and Handset mainly consist of RF Module and DECT BBIC.
Base Unit and Handset transmit/receive voice signal and data signal through the antenna on carrier frequency.
Signal Pass:
Refer to Check Sheet for Signal Route (P.135).
9.14.5.1. TRANSMITTER BLOCK
The voice signal input from the TEL LINE interface goes to RF Module (IC3) through DECT BBIC (IC2) as shown inCORDLESS BASE BLOCK DIAGRAM (P.207)
The voice signal passes through the analog part of IC2 where it is amplified and converted to a digital audio stream signal. Theburst switch controller processes this stream performing encryption and scrambling, adding the various other fields to producethe GAP (Generic Access Profile) standard DECT frame, assigning to a time slot and channel etc.
In IC3, the carrier frequency is changing, and frequency modulated RF signal is generated and amplified, and radiated fromantenna. Handset detects the voice signal or data signal in the circuit same as the following explanation of Receiver Block.
9.14.5.2. RECEIVER BLOCK
The signal of 19.2 MHz band (18.81792 MHz ~ 18.97344 MHz) which is input from antenna is input to IC3 as shown inCORDLESS BASE BLOCK DIAGRAM (P.207).
In IC3, the signal of 19.2 MHz band is down converted to 864 kHz signal and demodulated, and goes to IC2 as GAP (GenericAccess Profile) standard DECT frames. It passes through the decoding section burst switch controller where it separates outthe frame information and performs de-encryption and de-scrambling as required. It then goes to the DSP section where it isturned back into analog audio. This is amplified by the analog front end, and goes to the TEL LINE Interface.
209
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.15. PORTABLE HANDSET SECTION
9.15.1. PORTABLE HANDSET BLOCK DIAGRAM
33
CPU
IC1
IC3
BBIC
A/D
D/A
AnalogFrontEnd
Speech Encoding
Speech Decoding
DSP
ADPCMCodecFilter
BMC
RFInterface
MIC
EEPROMIC2 SDA
SCL
66
67
5
6
SYRI
RSSI
SYEN
RXDA
TXDA16
12
48
23
13
RFModule
ANT
BATTERYTERMINAL
TP3
TP4
CHARGECIRCUIT
CHARGE
CHARGE DETECT
SWITCHEDSUPPLY
CHARGECONTACTS
TP5
4.0V
VDDBAT
VDDLR
SWITCH
31
XTAL
10.368MHz
KEYPAD
COLUMNS
ROWS
LCD14 SegDisplay
ON SWITCH
3827
26
36
37
28
KX-FC195 : PORTABLE HANDSET BLOCK DIAGRAM
pin 2, 5~9
COM 0~5segment 0~29
pin1, 90~100, 87, 78~84,72~76, 61, 62, 56~58
EARPIECE42
41
45
17~21
53~55, 59, 60
34
Burst Encoding
Burst Decoding
+
TP6
D3
210
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.15.2. OUTLINE
Handset consists of the following ICs as shown in PORTABLE HANDSET BLOCK DIAGRAM (P.210).
· DECT BBIC (Base Band IC): IC1
− − All data signals (forming/analyzing ACK or CMD signal)
− − All interfaces (ex: Key, Detector Circuit, Charge, DC/DC Converter, EEPROM, LCD)
· RF Module: IC3
− − PLL Oscillator
− − Detector
− − Compress/Expander
− − Amplifier for transmission and reception
9.15.3. POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT / RESET CIRCUIT
Circuit Operation:
When power on the Handset, the voltage is as follows;
BATTERY(2.2 V ~ 2.6V: TP3) → TP14(4V) → IC3(6, 27), D3 → IC1(37) → IC1(39, 63) (2.65V)
The Reset signal generates R19, C23 and 2.65V.
9.15.4. CHARGE CIRCUIT
Circuit Operation:
When charging the handset on the Base Unit, the charge current is as follows;
CHARGE+(Handset) → L4 → Q2→ F1 → BATTERY+ ... Battery ... BATTERY- → R21 → GND → L5 → CHARGE-(Handset)
In this way, the BBIC on Handset detects the fact that the battery is charged.
The charge current is controlled by switching Q2 of Handset.
Refer to POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (P.208).
9.15.5. BATTERY LOW / POWER DOWN DETECTOR
Circuit Operation:
"Battery Low" and "Power Down" are detected by BBIC which check the voltage from battery.
The detected voltage is as follows;
· Battery Low
Battery voltage: V(Batt) < 2.3V
The BBIC detects this level and " " starts flashing and "battery alarm" starts ringing.
· Power Down
Battery voltage: V(Batt) < 2.2V
The BBIC detects this level and power down.
211
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.16. CPU DATA (CORDLESS BASE UNIT)
9.16.1. IC2 (BBIC)
Pin Description I/O Hi Hi-z Low Remarks1 VDD - - - - -2 VSS - - - - -3 PA_Driver_Amp D.O PA_ON - PA_OFF -4 TX/RX SW D.O TX - RX -5 RX_Data D.I Data - Data -6 PLL_Strobe D.O Latch - Normal -7 PLL_Data D.O Active - Active -8 PLL_Clk D.O Active - Active -9 TX_Data D.O Active - Active -10 (NO USE) D.O - - - -11 RF_System_Clk D.O Active - Active -12 VDD - - - - -13 VSS - - - - -14 RESETQ A.I Normal - Reset -15 VDDPM D.O - - - -16 VSSO D.I - - - -17 LOAD A.I - - - -18 XTAL A.I - - - 10.368 MHz19 VDDLR A.I - - - -20 LRB A.I - - - -21 VDDA - - - - -22 VSSA - - - - -23 Audio_Out_N A.O - - - -24 Audio_Out_P A.O - - - -25 Bandgap_Ref A.I - - - -26 Differential_Line_P A.I - - - for Bell Clip27 Differential_Line_N A.I - - - for Bell Clip28 Audio_In_N A.I - - - -29 ADC_Ref A.I - - - -30 RSSI A.I - - - -31 AD2(MPCINP) A.I - - - for Polarity32 AD3 A.I - - - for Polarity33 (NO USE) D.I (I_PU) - - -34 (NO USE) D.I (I_PU) - - -35 (NO USE) D.I (I_PU) - - -36 (NO USE) D.I (I_PU) - - -37 VDD - - - - -38 VSS - - - - -39 Supply_EEP D.O (Fixed) - - -40 Serial_Data(I2C) D.I/O Data - Data -41 Serial_Clk(I2C) D.O Active - Active -42 MODE D.I - - (Fixed) -43 (NO USE) D.O - - (Fixed) -44 BELL/PAGING_LED D.O LED_ON - LED_OFF -45 VBACK A.I - - - -46 (NO USE) - - - (I_PD) -47 (NO USE) D.I - - (Fixed) -48 VDD - - - - -49 (NO USE) D.I - - (Fixed) -50 (NO USE) D.I (Fixed) - - -51 (NO USE) D.I - - (Fixed) -52 (NO USE) D.I - - (Fixed) -53 VSS - - - - -54 VDD - - - - -55 KEY_IN D.I No Key - Key -56 (NO USE) D.I/O - - (I_PD) -57 (NO USE) D.I/O - - (I_PD) -58 (NO USE) D.I/O - - (I_PD) -59 (NO USE) D.I/O - - (I_PD) -60 (NO USE) D.I/O - - (I_PD) -61 HOOK_CTRL D.O Make - Break -62 (NO USE) D.I/O - - (I_PD) -
212
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Pin Description I/O Hi Hi-z Low Remarks63 ANT1 D.O ANT1_ON - ANT1_OFF -64 ANT2 D.O ANT2_ON - ANT2_OFF -
Note:
I_PU; Internal Pull-Up, I_PD; Internal Pull-Down
9.17. CPU DATA (PORTABLE HANDSET UNIT)
9.17.1. IC1 (BBIC)
Pin Description I/O Hi Hi-z Remarks1 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -2 LCD_COMMON D.O Active - -3 VDD - - - -4 VSS - - - -5 LCD_COMMON D.O Active - -6 LCD_COMMON D.O Active - -7 LCD_COMMON D.O Active - -8 LCD_COMMON D.O Active - -9 LCD_COMMON D.O Active - -10 PA_SW D.O PA ON - -11 T/R SW D.O Transmit - -12 RX_DATA D.I Active - -13 SYEN D.O Active - -14 SYDA D.O Active - -15 SYCL D.O Active - -16 TX_DATA A.O Active - -17 KEY_IN D.I No Key - -18 KEY_IN D.I No Key - -19 KEY_IN D.I No Key - -20 KEY_IN D.I No Key - -21 KEY_IN D.I No Key - -22 (NO USE) D.O - - -23 Reference clock D.O Active - -24 VDD - - - -25 VSS - - - -26 POWER_SW A.I No Key - -27 CHARGE_DET A.I Charge - -28 DCDCDRV D.O Active - -29 DCDCCMR A.I - - -30 RESET A.I Normal - -31 VSSO - - - -32 LOAD A.I - - -33 XTAL A.I - - -34 VDDPM A.O - - -35 VDDLO A.O - - -36 VDDBAT A.I - - -37 VDDLR - - - -38 CHARGE_START A.O - - for charge39 VDDA - - - -40 VSSA - - - -41 LSRN A.O - - -42 LSRP A.O - - -43 BANDGAP_REF A.O - - -44 MICS A.O - - -45 MICP A.I - - -46 MICN A.I - - -47 Reference Voltage A.O - - -48 RSSI A.I - - -49 P0.4 D.I - - -50 AD4N A.I - - -51 AD4P A.I - - -52 (NO USE) D.I - - -53 KEY_STRB D.O Active - -54 KEY_STRB D.O Active - -55 KEY_STRB D.O Active - -
213
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Pin Description I/O Hi Hi-z Remarks56 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -57 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -58 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -59 KEY_STRB D.O Active - -60 KEY_STRB D.O Active - -61 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -62 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -63 VDD - - - -64 VSS - - - -65 VDD for EEPROM D.O - - -66 I2DAT D.I/O Active - -67 I2CLK D.I/O Active - -68 MODE D.I - - -69 R2 D.I - - -70 (NO USE) D.O - - -71 VBACK/P0.7 D.I - - -72 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -73 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -74 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -75 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -76 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -77 VDDLI - - - -78 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -79 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -80 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -81 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -82 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -83 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -84 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -85 VSS - - - -86 VDD - - - -87 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -88 (NO USE) D.O - -89 Power Select D.O Low Power - -90 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -91 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -92 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -93 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -94 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -95 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -96 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -97 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -98 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -99 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -
100 LCD_SEGMENT D.O Active - -
214
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.18. EEPROM LAYOUT (CORDLESS BASE UNIT)
9.18.1. Scope
The purpose of this section is to describe the layout of the EEPROM (IC1) for the Cordless Base Unit.
The EEPROM contains hardware, software, and user specific parameters. Some parameters are set during production of thebase e.g. crystal frequency adjustment at address 0000 and 0001, some are set by the user configuration e.g. ringer volumeat address 0220, and some are set during normal use of the phone e.g. meter pulse billing at address 0140..015F.
9.18.2. Introduction
The base unit uses a 128K bit (128 x 8) serial EEPROM (IC1) for storing volatile parameters. All parameters are set up beforethe base leaves the factory. Some of these are vital for the operation of the hardware so a set of default parameters isprogrammed before the actual hardware fine-tuning can be initiated. This document lists all default settings with a shortdescription.
In the tables below values in a range that are similar are not repeated; i.e. Address 00 to 01 contains the value 00 simply meansthat the value 00 is repeated in all addresses in the range. All values in this document are in hexadecimal notation.
Type Name DescriptionD default The EEPROM location is preset to the Default value by the eeprom default loader.A adjust The EEPROM location is set during the production test and should not be overwritten. The value is set by the
eeprom default loader only if the location contains all 1’s (byte: 0xFF, word FFFFh), i, e. it has never been set.- EEPROM location which is not set at all.d default Same as D but best-guess value and/or not verified.
CountrySetting
x Default - no specific country setting, so revert to default value
9.18.3. EEPROM Layout
9.18.3.1. General Setup
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
0000-01 00 E0 Eeprom Oscillator x A Frequency adjustment0002 20 Modulation Deviation x A Modulation adjustment0020 - RFPI (ID for Base Unit) x A RFPI0025 00 00 AC (Base PIN code) x D AC code0028 00 TBR22Test x - TBR22 test
0030-0034 FF .. FF IPUI_1 x D Ipui for handset 1. If set to FF .. FF the handsetis not enrolled.
0035-0039 FF .. FF IPUI_2 x D Ipui for handset 2. If set to FF .. FF the handsetis not enrolled.
003A-003E FF .. FF IPUI_3 x D Ipui for handset 3. If set to FF .. FF the handsetis not enrolled.
003F-0043 FF .. FF IPUI_4 x D Ipui for handset 4. If set to FF .. FF the handsetis not enrolled.
0044-0048 FF .. FF IPUI_5 x D Ipui for handset 5. If set to FF .. FF the handsetis not enrolled.
0049-004D FF .. FF IPUI_6 x D Ipui for handset 6. If set to FF .. FF the handsetis not enrolled.
004E-008F - Reserved x - Protocol data0090-009F - UAK_1 x - UAK for hanset 100A0-00AF - UAK_2 x - UAK for hanset 200B0-00BF - UAK_3 x - UAK for hanset 300C0-00CF - UAK_4 x - UAK for hanset 400D0-00DF - UAK_5 x - UAK for hanset 500E0-00EF - UAK_6 x - UAK for hanset 6
9.18.3.2. Switch Control
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
09F1 00 HsRegInfo.RegFlags x D Handset registration info - registrationBit6..7: not used0..5: handset 1..6 info, 1=reg, 0=no reg
215
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
09F2 00 HsRegInfo.EmcFlags x D Handset registration info - EMC flagsBit6..7: not used0..5: handset 1..6 info, 1=known , 0=unknown
09F3 21 RingMode x D Ring mode. Modes used in KAMMA4 are 20h and 21h.Bit7..5: Mode (001=group)4 : Not used3..0: Id (001= id of first group)
9.18.3.3. Clip configuration
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
0F1C 70 Detect 72 D CLIP detect configurationBit0-2: Mode: 0: Learn mode, 1: DTMF only, 3: Genericmod, 4: Russian CLIP only3: Unused44: Onhook: 1=enable 0=disable5: Offhookk: 1=enable 0=disable6: Msgwaiting: 1=enable 0=disable7: Unused7
0F37..38 3D 01 Parse.Configuration 3D 00 D Clip parse set configurationBit0: Etsi: 1=enable 0=disable1: ForwardNumber: 1=enable 0=disable2: Danish: 1=enable 0=disable3: Dutch: 1=enable 0=disable4: Canadian: 1=enable 0=disable5: Swedish: 1=enable 0=disable6: UserDefined: 1=enable 0=disable7: KPN vmwi: 1=enable 0=disable8: ProtocolPriority:If 2 mutual exclusive parameters occurs, the 1st inthe protocol message has priority.9: UseCallType:Verify the Call Type parameter, if available, whenreceiving Call Back CLIP at busy subscriber.1=enable 0=disable
10..15: Reserved10..Reserved150F3D 00 Rcid.Mode x D RCID mode
Bit0: answer-mode,1=auto-answer, 0=manual answer1..4: 05: detect length,1=enable(development only), 0=disable6: add category,1=enable(development only), 0=disable7: 0
0F3E 70 Rcid.Options x D RCID modeBit1..3: 04: pre-detect before first RCID-request,1=enable, 0=disable5: emulate ring-back tone,1=enable, 0=disable6: detect ring-timming,1=enable, 0=disable7: 0
0F3F 73 Rcid.PacketLen_RetryCnt x D RCID mode packet length and request retry countBit7..4: Packet length including start/begin+category(default 9)3..0: Request-Retry Count (default 3)
0F40 01 Rcid.RingCntToStart x D RCID, number of ring’s before auto-answering call0: on first ring-volt-off1..9: on 1-9 ring pattern-off
0F41 04 Rcid.LineSeizureT0 x D RCID line-seizure delayUnit: 50ms, defaults to 200ms.
216
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
0F42 00 Rcid.ReqDelayT1 x D RCID-request delay parameter T1Delay from line-seizure to 1.Req-tone: T0+T1 (200ms)Delay between two req-tones if no data:T1+T3max (600ms)Dealy between data and next req-tone:T1+T7T8 (150ms)Unit: 1ms, defaults to 0ms
0F43 0E Rcid.ReqWidthT2 x D RCID-request width (T2)Unit: 10ms, defaults to 140ms
0F44 04 Rcid.ReqTimeoutT3Max x D RCID-request to "first RCID data" timeout (T3Max)Unit: 50ms, defaults to 600ms
0F45 04 Rcid.DataTimeoutT7T8Max x D RCID next-digit timeout (T7+T8)maxUnit: 50ms, defaults to 150ms
0F46 02 Rcid.SimRingCnt x D RCID simulated-ring count0F47 38 Rcid.SimRingOnOffTime x D RCID simulated-ring timing
Bit0..3: ring-on time4..7: ring-off timeUnit: 50ms, defaults to 1.5s ring-on time,4s ring-off time
0F48 01 Rcid.MaxErrCnt x D RCID, max error-count during parsing
9.18.3.4. BsUiTask settings
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
0F4B RFPI_1 Config1 21 D BsUiTask configuration (MSB)Bits 1=enable 0=disable0: AmPmClockSettingEnabled, enabled1: ClipDetectionSettingEnabled, disabled2: AkzMenuEnabled, disabled3: HakzMenuEnabled, disabled4: RussianClipSttingEnabled, disabled5: SmscSendNumberSettingEnabled, disabled6-7: Unused
0F4C F7 Config2 02 D BsUiTask configuration (LSB)Bits 1=enable 0=disable0: FlashTime1Enabled, enabled1: FlashTime2Enabled, enabled2: FlashTime3Enabled, enabled3: KeyClicksEnable, enabled4: ARSCarrierMenuEnabled, enabled5: ARSIntDeletionMenuEnabled, enabled6: ARSMultipleCarrierMenuEnabled, enabled7: ARSMultipleAreaCodeMenuEnabled, enabled
0F4D 00 UserData.SmsPabxSuport - - SMS PABX Support On/Off
217
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
9.19. EEPROM LAYOUT (PORTABLE HANDSET)
9.19.1. Scope
The purpose of this section is to describe “layout of the EEPROM (IC2) Portable Handset”.
The EEPROM contains hardware, software, and user specific parameters. Some parameters are set during production of thehandset e.g. crystal oscillator adjustment at 0000..01, some are set by the user when configuring the handset e.g. ringer volumeat 0F38, and some during normal use of the phone e.g. redial memory at 0311..0392.
9.19.2. Introduction
The handset uses a 32k bit serial EEPROM (IC2) for storing volatile parameters. All parameters are set up before the handsetthe factory. Some of these are vital for the operation of the hardware so a set of default parameters is programmed before theactual hardware fine-tuning can be initiated. This document lists all default settings with a short description.
This document lists all default parameters with a short description.
In the tables below values in a range that are similar are not repeated; i.e. Address 00 to 01 contains the value 00 simply meansthat the value 00 is repeated in all addressee in the range.
Type Name DescriptionD default The EEPROM location is preset to the Default value by the eeprom default loader.A adjust The EEPROM location is set during the production test and should not be overwritten. The value is set by
the eeprom default loader only if the location contains 0xFF, i, e. it has never been set.- EEPROM location which is not set at all.
9.19.3. EEPROM contents
9.19.3.1. General Setup
Address Default Name Type Description0000-0001 00 Eeprom Oscillator D Frequency adjustment
0002 20 Modulation Deviation D Modulation adjustment0030-0034 00 IPEI (ID for Handset) D IEPI0036-003A FF PARK_1 - PARK for registration 1003B-003F FF PARK_2 - PARK for registration 20040-0044 FF PARK_3 - PARK for registration 30045-0049 FF PARK_4 - PARK for registration 4004A-004D FF PLI_1-PLI_4 D Pli for registration 1-4. If set to FF the registration is
deleted.
9.19.3.2. Signal detection
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
0100-0104 - RFPI_1 - - RFPI for registration 10105 - SerClass_1 - - Service class for registration 10106 - LAL_1 - - Location area level for registration 10107 - IPUI_LEN_1 - - IPUI length for registration 1
0108-0114 - IPUI_1 - - IPUI for registration 10115 - ZAP_1 - - ZAP for registration 10116 - STATUS_1 - - Status for registration 1
0117-126 - UAK_1 - - UAK for registration 10130-134 - RFPI_2 - - RFPI for registration 2
0135 - SerClass_2 - - Service class for registration 20136 - LAL_2 - - Location area level for registration 20137 - IPUI_LEN_2 - - IPUI length for registration 2
0138-0144 - IPUI_2 - - IPUI for registration 20145 - ZAP_2 - - ZAP for registration 20146 - STATUS_2 - - Status for registration 2
0147-0156 - UAK_2 - - UAK for registration 20160-0164 - RFPI_3 - - RFPI for registration 3
0165 - SerClass_3 - - Service class for registration 30166 - LAL_3 - - Location area level for registration 30167 - IPUI_LEN_3 - - IPUI length for registration 3
0168-0174 - IPUI_3 - - IPUI for registration 30175 - ZAP_3 - - ZAP for registration 30176 STATUS_3 - - status for registration 3
218
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Address Default Name CountrySetting
Type Description
0177-0186 - UAK_3 - - UAK for registration 30190-0194 - RFPI_4 - - RFPI for registration 4
0195 - SerClass_4 - - Service class for registration 40196 - LAL_4 - - Location area level for registration 40197 - IPUI_LEN_4 - - IPUI length for registration 4
0198-01A4 - IPUI_4 - - IPUI for registration 401A5 - ZAP_4 - - ZAP for registration 401A6 - STATUS_4 - - UAK for registration 4
01A7-01B6 - UAK_4 - - UAK for registration 40450-0451 - HSPinCode - - 4 BCD Digits
0462 00 Language 00 D 00 = English01 = Spanish02 = French03 = Italian04 = Dutch05 = Turkish06 = Hungarian07 = Portuguese08 = Polish09 = Command0A = German
0467 00 FactoryLanguageSetting 00 D Factory setting for language:00 = English01 = Spanish02 = French03 = Italian04 = Dutch05 = Turkish06 = Hungarian07 = Portuguese08 = Polish09 = Command0A = German
9.19.3.3. Battery Parameters
Address Default Name Type Description0F04 9A LowVoltage A Voltage on which to start battery low-indication.
The voltage has to be measured under this value for8 seconds before the handset start signaling low battery.LowVoltage[eeprom]=[ADC-steps]=LowVoltage[mV](14.35[mV/step])
9.19.3.4. Default Audio- Parameters
Address Default Name Type Description0F37 5F GR-offset for vulomestep 2 A Bit7: AOG
Bit6: AOG2Bit5: ?bit0: Gain-receive(values ranging from 0x00 to 0x30, each step representing1 dB)
9.19.3.5. VolumeSetting Second Block
Address Default Name Type Description0F53 FF MenuConfig D bit 0 - Registration menu on/off 1/0
bit 1 - Select base menu on/off 1/0bit 2 - Internal ringer menu on/off 1/0bit 3 - Page ringer menu on/off 1/0bit 4 - Standby mode menu on/off 1/0bit 5 - Battery select menu on/off 1/0bit 6 - Call wating menu on/off 1/0bit 7 - Clip list on/off 1/0
219
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
10 REFERENCE MATERIAL DATA
10.1. TERMINAL GUIDE OF THE ICs TRANSISTORS AND DIODES
220
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
10.2.1.1. For Power Supply Board · SOLDER
Sparkle Solder 115A-1, 115B-1 OR Almit Solder KR-19,KR-19RMA
· Soldering iron
Recommended power consumption is between 30 W to 40W.
Temperature of Copper Rod 662 ± 50°F (350 ± 10°C)
(An expert may handle a 60~80 W iron, but a beginnermight damage the foil by overheating.)
· Flux
HI115 Specific gravity 0.863
(Original flux should be replaced daily.)
10.2.1.2. For P.C.Board with “PbF”marking
· PbF (: Pb free) Solder
· Soldering Iron
Tip Temperature of 700°F ± 20°F (370°C ± 10°C)
Note: We recommend a 30 to 40 Watt soldering iron. Anexpert may be able to use a 60 to 80 Watt iron wheresomeone with less experience could overheat and damagethe PCB foil.
· Flux
Recommended Flux: Specific Gravity → 0.82.
Type → RMA (lower residue, non-cleaning type)
Note: See ABOUT LEAD FREE SOLDER (PbF: Pb free)(P.10).
10.2. HOW TO REPLACE THE FLAT PACKAGE ICEven if you do not have the special tools (for example, a spot heater) to remove the Flat IC, with some solder (large amount),a soldering iron and a cutter knife, you can easily remove the ICs that have more than 100 pins.
10.2.1. PREPARATION
10.2.2. FLAT PACKAGE IC REMOVAL PROCEDURE
1. Put plenty of solder on the IC pins so that the pins can be completely covered.
Note:
If the IC pins are not soldered enough, you may give pressure to the P.C. board when cutting the pins with a cutter.
2. Make a few cuts into the joint (between the IC and its pins) first and then cut off the pins thoroughly.
3. While the solder melts, remove it together with the IC pins.
When you attach a new IC to the board, remove all solder left on the land with some tools like a soldering wire. If some solderis left at the joint on the board, the new IC will not be attached properly.
221
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
10.2.3. FLAT PACKAGE IC INSTALLATION PROCEDURE
1. Temporarily fix the FLAT PACKAGE IC, soldering the two marked pins.
*Check the accuracy of the IC setting with the corresponding solderingfoil.
2. Apply flux to all pins of the FLAT PACKAGE IC.
3. Solder the pins, sliding the soldering iron in the direction of the arrow.
10.2.4. BRIDGE MODIFICATION PROCEDURE
1. Lightly resolder the bridged portion.
2. Remove the remaining solder along the pins using a soldering iron as shown in the figure below.
222
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
10.3. TEST CHART
10.3.1. ITU-T No.1 TEST CHART
223
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
10.3.2. ITU-T No.2 TEST CHART
224
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
11 FIXTURES AND TOOLS
225
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12 CABINET, MECHANICAL AND ELECTRICAL PARTSLOCATION
12.1. GENERAL SECTION
226
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.2. OPERATION PANEL SECTION
227
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.3. UPPER CABINET SECTION
228
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.4. BACK COVER SECTION
229
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
230
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.5. LOWER CABINET / P.C.BOARD SECTION
CROSS REFERENCE:
MOTOR BLOCK SECTION (P.232)
231
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.6. MOTOR BLOCK SECTION
232
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.7. HANDSET SECTION
233
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
12.8. ACTUAL SIZE OF SCREWS
234
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
13 ACCESSORIES AND PACKING MATERIALS
235
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
1. RTL (Retention Time Limited)
Note:
The marking (RTL) indicates that the Retention Time islimited for this item.
After the discontinuation of this assembly in production, theitem will continue to be available for a specific period oftime. The retention period of availability is dependent on thetype of assembly, and in accordance with the lawsgoverning parts and product retention.
After the end of this period, the assembly will no longer beavailable.
2. Important safety notice
Components identified by mark have specialcharacteristics important for safety. When replacing any ofthese components, use only manufacture´s specified parts.
3. The S mark means the part is one of some identical parts.For that reason, it may be different from the installed part.
4. ISO code (Example: ABS-HB) of the remarks columnshows quality of the material and a flame resisting gradeabout plastics.
5. RESISTORS & CAPACITORS
Unless otherwise specified;
All resistors are in ohms (Ω) K=1000Ω, M=1000kΩ
All capacitors are in MICRO FARADS (µF) P=µµF
*Type & Wattage of Resistor
6. The T mark means part may not be used for newerproduction.
14.1. CABINET AND ELECTRICALPARTS
14.1.1. OPERATION PANEL SECTIONRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
1 PFGP1205T PANEL, LCD (for KX-FC195G-G)
1 PFGP1205R PANEL, LCD (for KX-FC195GR-G)
1 PFGP1205S PANEL, LCD (for KX-FC195JT-G)
1 PFGP1205U PANEL, LCD (for KX-FC195SP-G)
2 Not Used
3 PFGG1068Q1 GRILLE, OPERATION PANEL(for KX-FC195G-G)
PS-HB
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
3 PFGG1068N1 GRILLE, OPERATION PANEL(for KX-FC195GR-G)
PS-HB
3 PFGG1068P1 GRILLE, OPERATION PANEL(for KX-FC195JT-G)
PS-HB
3 PFGG1068M1 GRILLE, OPERATION PANEL(for KX-FC195SP-G)
PS-HB
4 PFDN1040Z ROLLER, DOCUMENT EXIT POM-HB
5 PFHG1075Z RUBBER, SEPARATION
6 PFDG1148Z GEAR, DOCUMENT EXIT ROLLER POM-HB
7 PFUS1229Z SPRING, DOCUMENT SEP
8 Not Used
9 PFUV1042Z COVER, OPERATION PANEL PS-HB
10 PFHX1373Z INSULATOR, SEPATION RUBBER
11 PFJS08Q86Z CONNECTOR, 8P
12 PFBX1152Z3 BUTTON, STOP/VOLUME ABS-HB
13 PFBX1153Y1 BUTTON, STOP etc. ABS-HB
14 PFBX1151Y1 BUTTON, DIALER ABS-HB
15 PFBC1082Z1 BUTTON, START ABS-HB
16 PQJM128Z MICROPHONE
17 PFJS02Q83Y CONNECTOR, 2P
18 PFGG1069Y3 GRILLE, SUB (for KX-FC195G-G) PS-HB
18 PFGG1069W3 GRILLE, SUB (for KX-FC195GR-G) PS-HB
18 PFGG1069X3 GRILLE, SUB (for KX-FC195JT-G) PS-HB
18 PFGG1069Z3 GRILLE, SUB (for KX-FC195SP-G) PS-HB
14.1.2. UPPER CABINET SECTIONRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
31 PFJS11Q69Y CONNECTOR, 11P
32 PFHR1373Z GUIDE, THERMAL HEAD (LEFT) POM-HB
33 PFJHS026Z PRINTER UNIT, THERMAL HEAD
34 PFHR1374Z GUIDE, THERMAL HEAD (RIGHT) POM-HB
35 PFHX1606Z SPACER, THERMAL HEAD SHEET
36 Not Used
37 Not Used
38 PFUS1335Z SPRING, HEAD A
39 PFUS1235Z SPRING, THERMAL HEAD
40 PFUS1254Z SPRING, POP UP
41 PFUS1236Z SPRING, OPERATION PANEL LOCK
42 PFUS1233Z SPRING, CIS
43 PFJS10Q72Z CONNECTOR, 10P
44 PFYMFC195G CABINET BODY ASS´Y(for KX-FC195G-G)
PS-V0
44 PFYMFC195GR CABINET BODY ASS´Y(for KX-FC195GR-G)
PS-V0
44 PFYMFC195JT CABINET BODY ASS´Y(for KX-FC195JT-G)
PS-V0
44 PFYMFC195SP CABINET BODY ASS´Y(for KX-FC195SP-G)
PS-V0
44-1 PFHX1462Z INSULATOR, STATICELEC.(RIGHT)
44-2 PFHX1344Z INSULATOR, STATIC ELEC.
44-3 PFQT1666Z LABEL, BLUE GEAR
44-4 PFHX1491Z SPACER, JOINT/SHEET
44-5 PFQT1864W LABEL, INK FILM
44-6 PFHX1546Z SPACER
44-7 PFQT1254Y LABEL, CAUTION(for KX-FC195G-G)
44-7 PFQT1250Y LABEL, CAUTION(for KX-FC195GR-G)
44-7 PFQT1304Y LABEL, CAUTION(for KX-FC195JT-G)
44-7 PFQT1379Y LABEL, CAUTION(for KX-FC195SP-G)
44-8 Not Used
44-9 PFQT1669Z LABEL, LINE(KX-FC195G-G only)
45 PF0U1022Y PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANSDUCER,IMAGE SENSOR(CIS)
S
46 WLL20YB03M3K LEAD WIRE
47 PFMX1029Z INSULATOR
14 REPLACEMENT PARTS LIST
236
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
48 PQRD250TJ105 CARBON FILM RESISTOR S
14.1.3. BACK COVER SECTION -1Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
50 PFQT1674Z LABEL, FACE DOWN(KX-FC195G-G only)
50 PFQT1676Y LABEL, FACE DOWN(KX-FC195JT-G only)
51 PFHX1547Z SPACER
52 PFSA1012Z ANTENNA
53 PQLB1E1 INSULATOR, FERRITE CORE S
54 PQHR136Z CLAMPER
55 PFKV1048Y1 COVER, RF UNIT PS-HB
56 PFJS13P36Z CONNECTOR, 13 PIN
57 PFSA1013Z ANTENNA, RIGHT
58 PFKE1027Z1 COVER, ANTENNA CAP PS-HB
59 PFHX1513Z SPACER, SHEET GUIDE
60 PFDE1164Z1 LEVER, CASSETTE PS-HB
61 PFGT2165Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195G-G)
61 PFGT2167Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195GR-G)
61 PFGT2166Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195JT-G)
61 PFGT2230Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195SP-G)
62 PFQT1842S LABEL, PAPER SET(for KX-FC195G-G)
62 PFQT1842T LABEL, PAPER SET(for KX-FC195GR-G)
62 PFQT1842R LABEL, PAPER SET(for KX-FC195JT-G)
62 PFQT1842P LABEL, PAPER SET(for KX-FC195SP-G)
63 PFUS1414Z SPRING, PICKUP
64 PFKS1039Z TRAY, CASSETTE PLATE PS-HB
65 PFKV1047Y1 COVER, UPPER TURN PS-HB
66 PFHG1088Z RUBBER, PAPER SEPARATION
67 PFUS1387Z TORSION SPRING
68 PFUA1035Z CHASSIS, UPPER TURN PS-HB
69 PFUS1452Z SPRING, EARTH
70 PFHR1187Y GUIDE, CORNER (LEFT) POM-HB
71 PFHR1188Y GUIDE, CORNER (RIGHT) POM-HB
72 PFDN1042Z ROLLER, PICKUP POM-HB
73 PFDG1163Z GEAR, PICKUP ROLLER POM-HB
74 PFKR1017Z2 GUIDE, DOCUMENT (RIGHT) PS-HB
75 PFDR1012Z ROLLER, SUPPORT POM-HB
76 PFUS1234Z SPRING, EXIT. SUB ROLLER
77 PFKR1016Z2 GUIDE, DOCUMENT (LEFT) PS-HB
78 PFDG1161Z GEAR, DOCUMENT GUIDE
14.1.4. BACK COVER SECTION-2Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
79 PFDJ1030Z SPACER, PLATEN (RIGHT) POM-HB
80 PFDG1165Y GEAR, PLATE POM-HB
81 PFDE1193Z1 LEVER, LOCK ABS+GF20-HB
82 PFUS1258Z SPRING, LOCK LEVER
83 PFHS1029Z COVER, BACK TENSION SHEET
84 PFDG1160Z GEAR, BACK TENSION POM-HB
85 PFUS1232Z SPRING, BACK TENSION
86 PFDG1164Z GEAR, PICKUP IDLER POM-HB
87 PFDG1166Z GEAR, PLATEN IDLER POM-HB
88 PFDN1041Z ROLLER, EXIT
89 PFUS1237Z SPRING, PAPER TOP
90 PFDG1162Z GEAR, EXIT ROLLER POM-HB
91 PFDE1128Y LEVER, PAPER TOP SENSOR POM-HB
92 PFDJ1029Z SPACER, PLATEN (LEFT) POM-HB
93 PFDN1043Z ROLLER, PLATEN
94 PFQT1817X LABEL, OPEN (for KX-FC195G-G)
94 PFQT1817Z LABEL, OPEN (for KX-FC195GR-G)
94 PFQT1817W LABEL, OPEN (for KX-FC195JT-G)
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
94 PFQT1817V LABEL, OPEN (for KX-FC195SP-G)
95 PFHX1581Z SPACER, PAPER EXT
96 Not Used
97 PFHX1543Z SPACER, SHEET/CORNER FLAP
14.1.5. LOWER CABINET /P.C.BOARDSECTION
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
100 PFMD1057X FRAME, BOTTOM
101 PFHG1050Z RUBBER, LEG
102 PFUS1339Z SPRING, EARTH
103 PFJP03S04Z AC SOCKET
104 PFJS02R19Y CONNECTOR, 2P
105 PQLB1E1 INSULATOR, FERRITE CORE S
106 PQHR945Z BAND, LEAD BINDER
107 PFJS09Q26Z CONNECTOR, 9P
108 XWC4B WASHER
109 PFJS12P35Z CONNECTOR, 10P
110 PFJS10Q24Z CONNECTOR, 6P
111 PFDE1161Z LEVER, PAPER TOP SENSOR POM-HB
112 PFMX1026Z CASE/COVER
113 PQKE10356Z1 GUIDE
114 PFKE1031Z1 STAND, HANDSET ABS-HB
115 PFJS02R60Z CONNECTOR, 2P
116 PFAS50P003Z SPEAKER S
117 PFDR1014Z ROLLER, DOCUMENT SEPARATION POM-HB
118 PFDE1133Z SPACER, DELAY POM-HB
119 PFDF1050Z SHAFT, DOCUMENT SEPARATION POM-HB
120 WLR18YK26CM4 LEAD, EARTH
121 PQMX10010Z COVER, TUBE
122 PQJT10203Z BATTERY TERMINAL
123 KR06TT251508 INSULATOR, FERRITE CORE
124 PFUS1338Y SPRING, SPEAKER
14.1.6. MOTOR SECTIONRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
130 PFDG1155Z GEAR, E POM-HB
131 PFHR1186Z SPACER, SUPPORT BASE POM-HB
132 PFUA1036Y CHASSIS, GEAR BASE PBT+ABS-V1
133 PFDX1022Z GEAR, TORQUE LIMITER ASS´Y POM-HB
134 PFUS1230Z SPRING, CAM
135 PFHR1184Z ARM, J POM-HB
136 PFUS1231Y SPRING, GEAR I
137 PFDG1159Z GEAR, I POM-HB
138 PFDG1149Z GEAR, A POM-HB
139 PFDG1152Z GEAR, CAM POM-HB
140 PFDG1158Z GEAR, H POM-HB
141 PFDG1151Z GEAR, C POM-HB
142 PFDG1153Z GEAR, D1 POM-HB
143 PFDG1157Z GEAR, G POM-HB
144 PFDG1156Z GEAR, F POM-HB
145 PFHR1183Z ARM, I POM-HB
146 PFJQ35S1S15D DC MOTOR S
147 PFDG1154Z GEAR, D2 POM-HB
148 PFDG1150Z GEAR, B POM-HB
149 PFMD1056Z FRAME, GEAR BASE COVER S
150 PFHR1185Z ARM, V POM-HB
151 PFHX1532Z COVER, GEAR SHHET
152 PFHX1533Z COVER, PLATE SHHET
153 PFUS1382Z SPRING, GEAR
154 PQST2A04Z SWITCH
155 PFJS03Q32Z CONNECTOR, 3P
237
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
14.1.7. HANDSET SECTIONRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
201 PQGP10225Z4 PANEL, LCD AS-HB
202 PQKM10587W5 CABINET BODY ABS-HB
203 PQHS10553Z TAPE, DOUBLE SIDE
204 PQHS10554Z SPACER, LCD
205 PQBC10375Z1 PUSH BUTTON, NAVI ABS-HB
206 PQSX10224Q KEYBOARD SWITCH, 20KEY
207 PQHS10467Z COVER, SP NET
208 L0AD02A00016 SPEAKER
209 PQSA10133Z ANTENNA
210 PQJT10204Z TERMINAL (L)
211 PQJT10205Z TERMINAL (R)
212 PQHX11202Z INSULATOR
213 PQJC10058Z BATTERY TERMINAL (-)
214 PQJC10057Z BATTERY TERMINAL (+)
215 PQJC10056Z BATTERY TERMINAL
216 PQKF10582Z5 CABINET COVER ABS-HB
217 PFGT2251Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195G-G)
217 PFGT2254Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195GR-G)
217 PFGT2253Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195JT-G)
217 PFGT2256Z-M NAME PLATE (for KX-FC195SP-G)
218 PQHX11174Z PLASTIC PARTS,BATTERY COVER SHEET
219 PQHS10561Y SPACER, BATTERY COVER
220 PQKK10134Z5 LID, BATTERY ABS-HB
14.1.8. ACCESSORIES AND PACKINGMATERIALS
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
A1 PQJA10038Y POWER CORD
A2 PFJA04B011Z CORD, TELEPHONE(for KX-FC195G-G)
S
A2 PFJA04B005Z CORD, TELEPHONE(for KX-FC195JT-G)
S
A2 PQJA10075Z CORD, TELEPHONE(for KX-FC195GR-G/KX-FC195SP-G)
S
A3 Not Used
A4 PFUS1385Z BAR SPRING, METAL RECORDINGPAPER GUIDE
A5 PFZXFC175AL PAPER TRAY ASS´Y
A5-1 PFKS1060Z1 TRAY, PAPER PS-HBS
A5-2 PFZMFC175AL GUIDE, A4 PAPER PS-HB
A6 PFQX1850Z INSTRUCTION BOOK(for KX-FC195G-G)
A6 PFQX1883Z INSTRUCTION BOOK(for KX-FC195GR-G)
A6 PFQX1851Z INSTRUCTION BOOK(for KX-FC195JT-G)
A6 PFQX1880Z INSTRUCTION BOOK(for KX-FC195SP-G)
A7 PFQW2011Y LEAFLET (QUICK START SHEET)(for KX-FC195G-G)
A7 PFQW2006Z LEAFLET (QUICK START SHEET)(for KX-FC195GR-G)
A7 PFQW2013Z LEAFLET (QUICK START SHEET)(for KX-FC195JT-G)
A7 PFQW2020Z LEAFLET (QUICK START SHEET)(for KX-FC195SP-G)
A8 PFPE1075Z THERMAL TRANSFER RIBBON (10M)
A9 PQQW12846W LEAFLET
P1 PFPE1414Z-M GIFT BOX ASS´Y(for KX-FC195G-G)
P1 PFPE1443Z-M GIFT BOX ASS´Y(for KX-FC195GR-G)
P1 PFPE1442Z-M GIFT BOX ASS´Y(for KX-FC195JT-G)
P1 PFPE1440Z-M GIFT BOX ASS´Y(for KX-FC195SP-G)
P2 PFPN1291Z CUSHION, RIGHT
P3 PFPN1290Z CUSHION, LEFT
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
P4 XZB20X35A04 PROTECTION COVER
P5 PFPH1011Z PACKING SHEET
P6 XZB32X45A04 PROTECTION COVER
P7 PFPH1050Z PACKING SHEET
P8 XZB20X30A04 PROTECTION COVER
P9 XZB05X10A03 PROTECTION COVER
14.2. DIGITAL BOARD PARTSRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
PCB1 PFWP1FC195G DIGITAL BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195G-G)
PCB1 PFWP1FC195GR DIGITAL BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195GR-G)
PCB1 PFWP1FC195JT DIGITAL BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195JT-G)
PCB1 PFWP1FC195SP DIGITAL BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195SP-G)
(ICs)
IC501 C1ZBZ0001896 IC
IC502 PFWIFC195G IC (ROM) (for KX-FC195G-G)
IC502 PFWIFC195GR IC (ROM) (for KX-FC195GR-G)
IC502 PFWIFC195JT IC (ROM) (for KX-FC195JT-G)
IC502 PFWIFC195SP IC (ROM) (for KX-FC195SP-G)
IC503 C3ABKC000027 IC
IC505 PFVIR675813 IC
IC507 PFVII5510011 IC
IC508 PFVIT2003APS IC S
IC512 PQVIKM29N4TC IC S
IC516 PFVITVT245FT IC S
IC517 PQVITC7S08FU IC S
IC520 PQVITC4066BF IC S
IC521 PQVINJM2904F IC S
(TRANSISTORS)
Q501 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q502 2SB1322 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q503 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q504 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q505 2SD1819A TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q506 2SD1819A TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q507 2SD1819A TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q512 2SD1819A TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q513 2SB1218A TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q520 2SB1197K TRANSISTOR(SI) S
IC506 PFVTSI4431DY TRANSISTOR(SI) S
(DIODES)
D501 PFVDRMRLS245 DIODE(SI) S
D502 MA7160 DIODE(SI)
D503 PFVDRMRLS245 DIODE(SI) S
(BATTERY)
BAT501 PFSU1004Z LITIUM BATTERY S
(CONNECTOTRS)
CN502 PQJP5G30Z CONNECTOR, 5 PIN S
CN503 PQJP10G30Z CONNECTOR, 10 PIN S
CN504 PQJP8G30Z CONNECTOR, 8 PIN S
CN505 PQJP11G30Z CONNECTOR, 11 PIN S
CN506 PQJP7G30Z CONNECTOR, 7 PIN S
CN508 K1MN08A00017 CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
CN509 PQJP3G30Z CONNECTOR, 3 PIN S
CN601 PQJP10G30Z CONNECTOR, 10 PIN S
CN602 PQJP12G30Z CONNECTOR, 12 PIN S
CN603 PQJP2G30Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN S
(SWITCH)
SW1 PFSH1A001Z SWITCH, FILM END/COVER OPEN
(COILS)
238
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
L506 J0JCC0000042 COIL
L509 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
L514 J0JCC0000042 COIL
L515 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
L519 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
L527 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
L537 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
R737 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
R738 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
R739 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
R740 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
(COMPONENTS PARTS)
RA501 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA502 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA503 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA504 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA505 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA506 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA509 EXRV8V470JV RESISTOR ARRAY S
RA510 EXRV8V470JV RESISTOR ARRAY S
RA511 EXB38V101JV RESISTOR ARRAY
RA512 EXB38V103JV RESISTOR ARRAY
(CRYSTAL OSCILLATORS)
X501 PFVCCFS32Z CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR S
X502 PFVC2457IZAT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
X503 PFVC32256ZAT CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR S
(FUSE)
F502 PFRB0031125T FUSE S
(PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANSDUCER)
PS501 PFVISG257 PHOTO SENSOR S
(RESISTORS)
L510 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L512 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L520 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L525 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L526 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L528 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L529 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L534 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L535 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L536 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L518 ERJ3GEYJ220 22
L501 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
L502 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
L503 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
L504 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
L505 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
L516 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
L517 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R501 ERJ3GEYJ562 5.6k
R502 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R503 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R504 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R505 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R506 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R507 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R508 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R509 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R510 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R514 ERJ3GEYJ821 820
R516 ERDS1VJ152 1.5k S
R522 ERJ3GEYJ223 22k
R523 ERJ3GEYJ433 43k
R524 ERJ3GEYJ562 5.6k
R525 ERJ3GEYJ563 56k
R526 ERJ3EKF1101 1.1k
R527 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
R528 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R529 ERJ3EKF3602 36k
R530 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R531 ERJ3GEYJ334 330k
R532 ERJ3GEYJ475 4.7M
R533 ERJ3GEYJ203 20k
R538 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R539 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R540 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R541 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R542 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R543 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R544 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R545 ERJ3GEYJ471 470
R546 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R548 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R549 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R550 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R551 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R552 ERJ3GEYJ470 47
R553 ERJ3GEYJ105 1M
R556 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R557 ERJ3GEYJ271 270
R558 ERJ3GEYJ272 2.7k
R561 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R562 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R563 ERJ3GEYJ271 270
R565 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R567 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R576 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R577 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R578 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R601 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R603 ERG2SJ391 390
R616 ERJ3GEYJ224 220k
R617 ERJ3GEYJ474 470k
R619 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R621 ERJ3GEYJ4R7 4.7
R623 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R625 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R626 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R629 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R630 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R631 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R632 ERJ3GEYJ224 220k
R634 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R635 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R637 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R638 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R639 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R640 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R658 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R660 ERJ3GEYJ683 68k
R681 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R682 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R700 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R701 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R704 ERJ3GEYJ753 75k
R706 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R710 ERJ3GEYJ105 1M
R711 ERJ3GEYJ563 56k
R712 ERJ3GEYJ683 68k
R713 ERJ3GEYJ394 390k
R714 ERJ3GEYJ393 39k
R718 ERJ6GEYJ2R7 2.7
R720 ERJ3GEYJ394 390k
R721 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R722 ERJ3GEYJ272 2.7k
R724 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R725 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R726 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R727 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R728 ERJ8GEYJ2R2 2.2
239
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
R729 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R730 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R731 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R732 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R733 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R734 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R735 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R736 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R742 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R743 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R744 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R745 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R746 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
(CAPACITORS)
C502 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C503 ECEA1CK101 100 S
C504 PQCUV1H104ZF 0.1
C508 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
C509 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
C510 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C511 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C513 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C514 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C515 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C518 ECUV1H222KBV 0.0022 S
C519 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C522 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C523 ECUV1H120JCV 12P S
C524 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C525 ECUV1H150JCV 15P S
C526 ECEA1CKS100 10 S
C528 ECEA1CKS100 10 S
C530 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C531 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
C532 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C533 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C534 ECEA1CK101 100 S
C535 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C536 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C538 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C539 ECUV1H101JCV 100P S
C540 ECUV1H120JCV 12P S
C541 ECUV1H100JCV 10P S
C543 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C546 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C547 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C549 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C550 ECUV1H330JCV 33P S
C552 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C554 ECUV1H472KBV 0.0047 S
C556 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01 S
C561 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C564 ECEA1CKS100 10 S
C565 ECEA1CKS100 10 S
C566 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C569 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C573 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C575 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C578 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C583 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C598 ECUV1H120JCV 12P S
C599 ECUV1H100JCV 10P S
C604 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C605 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C609 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C610 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C611 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C612 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C614 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C619 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C620 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C621 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
C628 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C629 ECUV1H100JCV 10P S
C630 ECUV1H100JCV 10P S
C631 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C632 ECUV1C224ZFV 0.22 S
C633 ECUV1H181JCV 180P S
C663 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C664 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C700 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C701 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
C702 ECJ1VC1H151J 150P
C703 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C708 ECUV1H222KBV 0.0022 S
C709 ECUV1H153KBV 0.015 S
C710 ECUV1H153KBV 0.015 S
C712 ECUV1H121JCV 120P S
C713 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C718 ECEA1CKS100 10 S
C719 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C720 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C721 ECEA1CKS100 10 S
C722 ECUV1H104ZFV 0.1 S
C726 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
C727 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
C731 ECUV1H101JCV 100P S
C733 ECUV1H101JCV 100P S
C736 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001 S
14.3. ANALOG BOARD PARTSRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
PCB2 PFLP1467EZ ANALOG BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195G-G/KX-FC195GR-G/KX-FC195SP-G)
PCB2 PFLP1467JTZ ANALOG BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195JT-G)
(ICs)
IC101 PFVINJM4558M IC S
IC102 PQVIMC34119M IC S
IC109 PFVINJM4558M IC S
IC110 PFVINJM4558M IC S
IC111 PQVIUPC1093J IC S
(TRANSISTORS)
Q104 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q105 2SC2235 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q107 2SC1741S TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q108 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q111 2SD1819A TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q114 2SB1218A TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q115 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q116 2SA1627 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q128 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q132 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q133 2SD1921Q TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q135 B1DEGL000006 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q136 B1AANC000002 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q137 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q139 PQVTDTC143E TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q140 2SC3930C TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q141 2SD2137 TRANSISTOR(SI)
(DIODES)
D107 MA4056 DIODE(SI)
D108 MA4056 DIODE(SI)
D109 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D111 PQVDHZS2B1 DIODE(SI) S
D114 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D115 MA700A DIODE(SI)
D116 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
240
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
D117 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D118 PFVDDGS1ZB60 DIODE(SI)
D119 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D121 MA4056 DIODE(SI)
D122 MA4056 DIODE(SI)
D129 MA4360 DIODE(SI)
D131 MA4047 DIODE(SI)
D132 PQVDMZJ110B DIODE(SI)
D133 PQVDMZJ8R2B DIODE(SI)
D134 B0JAME000056 DIODE(SI)
D135 1SS355 DIODE(SI) S
D136 B0BC2R000007 DIODE(SI)
D137 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D138 MA4360 DIODE(SI)
D139 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D141 PQVDMZJ4R7A DIODE(SI)
(JACK AND CONNECTORS)
CN102 PFJJ1T008Z JACK S
CN105 PQJP02G100Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CN107 PQJP2G30Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN S
CN108 PQJP11G30Z CONNECTOR, 11 PIN S
CN109 PQJP3G30Z CONNECTOR, 3 PIN S
CN201 PQJP10G30Z CONNECTOR, 10 PIN S
CN202 PQJP12G30Z CONNECTOR, 12 PIN S
(COILS)
FLT101 PFLE003 COIL
FLT105 G0B193E00001 COIL
L101 PQLQXD152K COIL S
L102 PQLQXD152K COIL S
L103 PQLQR2KA213 COIL S
L104 PQLQR2KA213 COIL S
L105 PQLQR2KA213 COIL S
L106 PQLQR2KA213 COIL S
L121 PQLQR2KA213 COIL S
(FUSES)
F101 PQBA1N10NMAL FUSE S
F201 PFRB001251KC FUSE S
(PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANSDUCERS)
PC102 PQVIPC814K PHOTO COUPLER S
PC104 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC105 PQVIPS2532-1 PHOTO COUPLER S
PC106 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC107 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC109 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC110 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC111 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC112 PQVIPS25011L PHOTO COUPLER S
PC113 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC114 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
PC115 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
(THERMISTOR)
POS201 D4DZ91R00001 POSISTOR
(RELAYS)
RL101 PFSL003Z RELAY S
RL102 PFSL003Z RELAY S
RL105 PFSL003Z RELAY S
(TRANSFORMERS)
T101 PFLT8E003 TRANSFORMER S
T103 G4D1A0000058 TRANSFORMER
(VARISTORS)
SA101 PFRZRA311P6T VARISTOR (SURGE ABSORBER) S
SA102 PFRZ001Z VARISTOR (SURGE ABSORBER) S
SA103 PFRZ001Z SURGE ABSORBER S
ZNR101 ERZVA7D151 VARISTOR
ZNR102 ERZVA7D121 VARISTOR
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
ZNR103 ERZVA7D121 VARISTOR
(RESISTORS)
J104 PQ4R10XJ000 0 S
J155 PQ4R10XJ000 0 S
L111 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L112 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
C247 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R101 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R102 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R103 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R104 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R105 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R106 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R109 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R110 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R113 ERJ3GEYJ623 62k
R114 ERJ3GEYJ623 62k
R115 ERJ3GEYJ823 82k
R116 ERJ3GEYJ823 82k
R125 ERJ3GEYJ271 270
R128 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R134 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k
R136 ERJ3GEYJ182 1.8k
R137 ERJ3GEYJ182 1.8k
R138 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k
R151 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R153 ERJ3GEYJ562 5.6k
R155 ERDS2TJ121 120 S
R156 ERJ3GEYJ123 12k
R158 ERDS2TJ391 390 S
R159 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R162 ERJ3GEYJ123 12k
R164 ERJ3GEYJ153 15k
R166 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R167 ERJ3GEYJ333 33k
R168 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R169 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R174 ERJ3GEYJ473 47k
R175 ERJ3GEYJ154 150k
R176 ERJ3GEYJ114 110k
R177 ERJ3GEYJ822 8.2k
R179 ERJ3GEYJ474 470k
R180 ERJ3GEYJ105 1M
R183 ERJ3GEYJ333 33k
R184 ERJ3GEYJ684 680k
R185 PQ4R10XJ562 5.6k S
R189 ERDS2TJ472 4.7k S
R191 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R192 PQ4R10XJ104 100k S
R214 ERDS1TJ183 18k S
R215 ERDS1TJ223 22k S
R216 ERJ3GEYJ123 12k
R235 ERJ3GEYJ223 22k
R236 ERJ3GEYJ223 22k
R238 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R241 ERG1SJ220 22
R242 ERG1SJ220 22
R254 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R257 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R258 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R259 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R260 ERDS2TJ332 3.3k S
R261 ERDS2TJ332 3.3k S
R265 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R270 ERJ3GEYJ242 2.4k
R271 ERJ3GEYJ221 220
R272 ERJ3GEYJ112 1.1k
R273 ERJ3GEYJ393 39k
R274 ERJ3GEYJ152 1.5k
R275 PQ4R10XJ104 100k S
R276 ERJ3GEYJ301 300
241
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
R277 PQ4R10XJ153 15k S
R278 PQ4R10XJ000 0 S
R280 ERJ3GEYJ124 120k
R281 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R282 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R283 ERJ3GEYJ824 820k
R284 ERJ3GEYJ474 470k
R285 ERJ3GEYJ563 56k
R286 ERJ3GEYJ682 6.8k
R287 ERJ3GEYJ474 470k
R289 PFRB001202KC 12k S
R292 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R293 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R294 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R295 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R296 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R297 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R298 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R299 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R303 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R305 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R306 ERJ3GEYJ223 22k
R307 ERDS2TJ100 10
R308 ERDS2TJ100 10
R311 ERJ3GEYJ161 160
R312 ERJ3GEYJ221 220
R313 ERJ3GEYJ330 33
R315 ERJ3GEYJ271 270
R316 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R317 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R318 PQ4R10XJ153 15k S
R319 ERJ3GEYJ301 300
R320 ERJ3GEYJ112 1.1k
R321 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R322 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
(CAPACITORS)
C101 ECUV1H682KBV 0.0068
C102 ECUV1H222KBV 0.0022
C103 ECUV1H332KBV 0.0033
C104 PQCUV1H104ZF 0.1
C106 ECUV1E223KBV 0.022
C107 PQCUV1H104ZF 0.1
C108 ECUV1H821JCV 820P
C112 ECUV1H392KBV 0.0039
C114 ECUV1H392KBV 0.0039
C115 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C116 ECUV1H221JCV 220P
C117 PQCUV1H104ZF 0.1
C119 ECUV1H221JCV 220P
C129 ECUV1H183KBV 0.018
C130 ECUV1H183KBV 0.018
C133 PQCUV1C224KB 0.22
C136 ECEA1HKS4R7 4.7 S
C138 PQCUV1C334KB 0.33
C139 ECEA1CK101 100 S
C141 PQCUV1H563KB 0.056
C142 PQCUV1C334KB 0.33
C143 PQCUV1H563KB 0.056
C144 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1 S
C147 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1 S
C148 ECUV1C273KBV 0.027
C149 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1 S
C153 ECEA1HKN2R2 2.2
C159 ECEA1CKA470 47
C161 ECUV1E223KBV 0.022
C162 ECUV1E333KBV 0.033
C165 ECEA1HKS4R7 4.7 S
C166 PQCUV1C105ZF 1
C167 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001
C169 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1
C173 ECEA1HKS220 22 S
C174 ECA1HM101B 100P
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
C177 PQCUV1H332KB 0.0033
C179 ECKD2H681KB 680P S
C180 ECKD2H681KB 680P S
C186 PQCUV1H333JC 0.033 S
C187 PQCUV1H273MD 0.027 S
C188 PQCUV1H273MD 0.027 S
C189 PQCUV1H333JC 0.033 S
C192 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C198 ECQE2E105KZ 1 S
C199 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C224 ECUV1H681JCV 680P
C225 ECUV1H681JCV 680P
C226 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C228 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1
C242 PQCUV1H104ZF 0.1
C244 ECEA1HKS100 10 S
C245 PQCUV1H104ZF 0.1
C246 ECEA1HKS2R2 2.2 S
C250 ECA1HHG330 33P
C251 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01
C252 EEUFC1A561 560
C253 F1B2E472A011 0.0047
C254 ECUV1H152KBV 0.0015
C255 ECUV1H472KBV 0.0047
C256 ECUV1H222KBV 0.0022
C257 ECA1HM101B 100P
C258 PSCUV2EX222K 0.0022
C259 ECUV1A105ZFV 1
C260 ECUV1H472KBV 0.0047
C261 ECUV1H221JCV 220P
C262 ECUV1H152KBV 0.0015
C263 ECUV1H153KBV 0.015
C264 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C269 PQCUV1C224KB 0.22
C271 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C273 ECUV1H682KBV 0.0068
C274 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1 S
C275 ECUV1H102KBV 0.001
C276 ECUV1E104ZFV 0.1 S
C278 F1B2E472A011 0.0047
14.4. OPERATION BOARD PARTSRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
PCB3 PFWP2FPG175M OPERATION BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)
(ICs)
IC301 MN7D032Z9J IC
(TRANSISTORS)
Q301 2SD1819A TRANSISTOR(SI) S
(LEDS)
LED301 LNJ801LPDJA DIODE(SI), LED
(CONNECTORS)
CN301 PQJP8G43Y CONNECTOR, 8 PIN S
CN303 PQJP3G43Z CONNECTOR, 3 PIN S
(LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY)
CN302 L5DAAFB00001 LIQUID CRYSTAL DISPLAY
(COIL)
L351 PQLQR2KA113 COIL S
(SWITCHES)
SW301 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW302 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW303 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW304 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW305 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
242
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
SW306 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW307 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW308 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW309 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW310 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW311 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW312 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW313 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW314 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW315 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW316 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW317 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW318 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW319 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW320 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW321 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW322 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW323 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW324 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW325 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW326 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW327 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW328 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW329 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW330 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW331 PQSH1A105Z PUSH SWITCH S
SW352 PFSH1A002Z SWITCH S
SW353 PFSH1A002Z SWITCH S
(RESISTORS)
R303 ERJ3GEYJ183 18k
R305 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R306 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R307 ERJ3GEYJ821 820
R312 ERJ3GEYJ271 270
R314 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R315 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R316 ERJ3GEYJ472 4.7k
R317 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R318 ERJ3GEYJ4R7 4.7
R351 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R352 ERJ3GEYJ682 6.8k
R353 ERJ3GEYJ223 22k
R354 ERJ3GEYJ151 150
R355 ERJ3GEYJ564 560k
R356 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k
(CAPACITORS)
C302 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C303 ECEA0JKS101 100
C304 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C305 ECUV1H101JCV 100P S
C308 ECUV1H331JCV 330P S
C309 ECUV1H331JCV 330P S
C310 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C311 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C314 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1 S
C316 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01 S
C317 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01 S
C351 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01 S
C352 ECUV1H682KBV 0.0068 S
C353 ECUV1H331JCV 330P S
C354 ECEA0JKS101 100
14.5. POWER SUPPLY BOARDPARTS
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
PCB4 N0AC3GJ00001 POWER SUPPLY BOARD ASS´Y(RTL)
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
(ICs)
IC101 PFVIFA5317P IC
IC201 AN1431T IC
IC202 PFVIPQ05RD11 IC S
(TRANSISTOR)
Q101 PFVTFS5KM18 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
(DIODES)
D101 PFVD1N4005 DIODE(SI) S
D102 PFVD1N4005 DIODE(SI) S
D103 PFVD1N4005 DIODE(SI) S
D104 PFVD1N4005 DIODE(SI) S
D105 PFVDEG01C DIODE(SI) S
D106 MA165 DIODE(SI)
D107 MA4220 DIODE(SI)
D108 PQVDERA1802 DIODE(SI) S
D201 PFVDSF5LC20U DIODE(SI) S
D202 PFVDRK36LFB2 DIODE(SI) S
(CONNECTORS)
CN31 PQJP2D98Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
CN301 PFJPB9BPHKL CONNECTOR, 9 PIN S
(FUSE)
F101 PFBAHU215315 FUSE
(COIL)
L101 ELF15N006A COIL
(COMPONENTS PARTS)
L103 EXCELDR35 COMPONENTS PARTS
(PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANSDUCER)
PC101 0N3171 PHOTO COUPLER
(TRANSFORMER)
T101 PFLTSRW29292 TRANSFORMER S
(THERMISTOR)
TH101 PFRT57235S80 THERMISTOR S
(VARIABLE RESISTOR)
VR201 EVNDJAA03B53 VARIABLE RESISTOR
(VARISTOR)
ZNR101 ERZV10DK751 VARISTOR S
(RESISTORS)
R101 ERDS1J105 1M S
R102 ERDS2J394 390k S
R103 ERDS2J394 390k S
R104 ERG2DJ304 300k S
R105 ERX2SJR22 0.22
R106 ERG2SJ470 47
R107 ERG2DJ304 300k S
R108 ERDS2FJ150 15
R109 ERDS2J100 10 S
R121 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R122 ERJ3GEYJ271 270
R124 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R125 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R126 ERJ3GEYJ562 5.6k
R127 ERJ3GEYJ182 1.8k
R128 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R136 PQ4R10XJ104 100k S
R137 PQ4R10XJ104 100k S
R202 ERG2SJ152 1.5k
R203 ERDS1FVJ470 47 S
R221 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R222 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R223 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
243
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
R224 ERJ3GEYJ273 27k
R225 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k
(CAPACITORS)
C101 ECQU2A224MG 0.22
C102 ECQU2A104ML 0.1
C103 PFKDE2GA102K 1000P S
C105 PFKD3E2G332M 3300P S
C106 PFCEA400SX56 56 S
C108 ECKD3A102KBP 0.001
C109 ECA1VHG470 47
C119 ECKD3A470KBP 47P
C121 ECUV1H472KBN 0.0047
C122 ECUV1A224KBV 0.22
C123 ECUV1H561JCV 560P S
C124 ECUV1E104KBV 0.1
C201 PFCEA35F471 470 S
C202 ECKD3A102KBP 0.001
C203 PFCEA35F471 470 S
C204 PFCEA35A47M 47 S
C205 PFCEA50A1M 1 S
C206 ECKD3A102KBP 0.001
14.6. CORDLESS BASE BOARDPARTS
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
PCB5 PFLP1468GZ CORDLESS BASE BOARD ASS´Y(RTL) (for KX-FC195G-G)
PCB5 PFLP1468GRZ CORDLESS BASE BOARD ASS´Y(RTL) (for KX-FC195GR-G)
PCB5 PFLP1468JTZ CORDLESS BASE BOARD ASS´Y(RTL) (for KX-FC195JT-G)
PCB5 PFLP1468SPZ CORDLESS BASE BOARD ASS´Y(RTL) (for KX-FC195SP-G)
(ICs)
IC1 It is impossible to replace (IC1) byitself. To replace (IC1), replace the(PCB5) assembly.
S
IC2 C2HBAK000001 IC
IC3 J3FKK0000003 IC
Q9 PQVILM1117MP IC S
(TRANSISTORS)
Q2 2SA1625 TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q3 PQVTBF822T7 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q6 2SD1994A TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q7 B1ABCE000009 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q8 B1ADGE000004 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q102 PQVTDTC123JU TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q103 2SC3930C TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q105 PQVTDTC123JU TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q107 PQVTDTC123JU TRANSISTOR(SI) S
X1 PQVTDTC123JU TRANSISTOR(SI) S
(DIODES)
D2 PQVDS1ZB60F1 DIODE(SI) S
D3 MA1Z300 DIODE(SI)
D5 MA2Z74800L DIODE(SI)
D7 1SS119 DIODE(SI) S
D10 MA2Z74800L DIODE(SI)
DA1 B0DDCM000001 DIODE(SI)
(CONNECTORS)
CN1 PQJP11G30Z CONNECTOR, 11 PIN S
CN2 PQJP2G30Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN S
(PHOTO ELECTRIC TRANSDUCER)
PC1 PQVIPC817CD PHOTO COUPLER S
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
(COILS)
L3 PQLQR2M33NK COIL
L5 PQLQR4D4R7K COIL
(RELAY)
RL1 PQSL96Z RELAY S
(CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR)
X1 H0D103500003 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
(VARISTORS)
SA1 PFRZRA311P6T VARISTOR (SURGE ABSORBER) S
SA2 PFRZRA311P6T VARISTOR (SURGE ABSORBER) S
ZNR1 ERZVA7D241 VARISTOR
ZNR2 ERZVA7D241 VARISTOR
(RESISTORS)
L1 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L10 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
L11 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
L12 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L13 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L14 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L15 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L18 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L19 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
L20 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
J124 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
J125 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
J126 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R1 ERJ3GEYJ155 1.5M
R2 ERJ3GEYJ155 1.5M
R3 ERJ3GEYJ224 220k
R4 ERJ3GEYJ184 180k
R5 PQ4R10XJ224 220k S
R6 ERJ3GEYJ184 180k
R7 ERJ3GEYJ104 100k
R8 ERJ3GEYJ272 2.7k
R9 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R10 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R12 PQ4R18XJ000 0 S
R16 ERJ3GEYJ133 13k
R18 ERJ3GEYJ392 3.9k
R19 ERJ12YJ220 22
R20 ERJ12YJ560 56
R21 PQ4R10XJ104 100k S
R22 ERJ3GEYJ333 33k
R23 ERJ3GEYJ560 56
R24 PQ4R18XJ100 10 S
R25 ERJ3GEYJ391 390
R26 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R27 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R28 ERJ3GEYJ751 750
R29 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R30 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R31 ERJ3GEYJ101 100
R32 ERJ3GEYJ560 56
R36 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R38 ERJ3GEYJ330 33
R41 ERJ3EKF1000 100
R42 ERJ3EKF2200 220
R52 ERJ3GEYJ102 1k
R54 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R57 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R58 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R66 ERJ3GEYJ390 39
R67 ERJ3GEYJ390 39
R77 PQ4R10XJ000 0 S
R78 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R79 ERJ3GEYJ181 180
R82 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R86 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
244
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
R87 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R88 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R101 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R102 ERJ3GEYJ682 6.8k
R103 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R104 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R105 ERJ3GEYJ562 5.6k
R106 ERJ3GEYJ272 2.7k
R107 ERJ3GEYJ272 2.7k
R108 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R109 ERJ3GEYJ272 2.7k
R110 ERJ3GEYJ822 8.2k
R111 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R112 ERJ3GEYJ333 33k
R113 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k
R114 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
(CAPACITORS)
C1 ECKD2H681KB 680P S
C2 ECKD2H681KB 680P S
C3 ECQE2223KF 0.222
C4 ECQE2223KF 0.222
C11 ECUV1H472KBV 0.0047
C12 PQCUV1C474KB 0.47
C13 PQCUV1A105KB 1
C14 PQCUV1C224KB 0.22
C15 ECEA1HKS100 10 S
C16 PQCUV1H154KR 0.15
C18 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C19 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C20 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C21 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C22 PQCUV1C224KB 0.22
C23 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C24 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C25 ECEA1CKA100 10
C26 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C27 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C28 ECUV1C683KBV 0.068
C29 ECUV1C683KBV 0.068
C30 ECUV1H182KBV 0.0018
C32 ECUV1H390JCV 39P
C33 ECUV1H1R0CCV 1
C34 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C35 ECUV1H333KBV 0.033 S
C36 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C37 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C38 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C40 ECA1AM331 330P
C41 ECEA0JKA101 100
C43 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C48 ECUV1H330JCV 33P
C49 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01
C50 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C54 ECUV1H030CCV 3P
C55 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C56 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C57 PQLQR2M1N2ST COIL
C58 ECUV1H030CCV 3P
C66 ECUV1H2R0CCV 2
C67 ECUV1A475KB 4.7
C68 ECUV1A475KB 4.7
C69 ECUV1H2R0CCV 2
C70 ECUV1H2R0CCV 2
C71 ECUV1H2R0CCV 2
C72 ECUV1H2R0CCV 2
C73 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C74 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01
C75 ECUV1H2R0CCV 2
C76 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C78 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C83 ECUV1H1R0CCV 1
C100 ECUV1C683KBV 0.068
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
C101 ECUV1C224KBV 0.22
C103 ECUV1H223KBV 0.022 S
C112 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C113 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C114 ECUV1H103KBV 0.01
C115 ECUV1H472KBV 0.0047
14.7. HANDSET BOARD PARTSRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
PCB6 PQWP1D410GR HANDSET BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195G-G)
PCB6 PQWP1D410GRR HANDSET BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195GR-G)
PCB6 PQWP1D410JTR HANDSET BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195JT-G)
PCB6 PQWP1D410SPR HANDSET BOARD ASS´Y (RTL)(for KX-FC195SP-G)
(ICs)
IC1 C2HBAK000003 IC
IC2 PQWI1D410GR IC (for KX-FC195G-G)
IC2 PQWI1D410GRR IC (for KX-FC195GR-G)
IC2 PQWI1D410JTR IC (for KX-FC195JT-G)
IC2 PQWI1D410SPR IC (for KX-FC195SP-G)
IC3 J3FKK0000003 IC
(TRANSISTORS)
Q1 PQVTFDN335N TRANSISTOR(SI) S
Q2 B1ADGE000004 TRANSISTOR(SI)
Q3 UN5216 TRANSISTOR(SI)
(DIODES)
D1 B0JCME000035 DIODE(SI)
D3 MA2Z74800L DIODE(SI)
D4 MAZ83900ML DIODE(SI)
D6 MA2Z74800L DIODE(SI)
D7 MA2Z74800L DIODE(SI)
(COILS)
L2 G1A470L00001 COIL
L3 PQLQR4D4R7K COIL
L4 G1C100MA0072 COIL
L5 G1C100MA0072 COIL
F1 PQLQR2M5N6K COIL S
(RESISTORS)
R1 ERJ3GEYJ222 2.2k
R2 ERJ8BQJR30 0.3
R3 ERJ3GEYJ560 56
R4 ERJ3GEYJ103 10k
R5 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R6 ERJ3GEYJ332 3.3k
R7 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R8 ERJ3GEYJ331 330
R11 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R17 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R18 ERJ3GEYJ330 33
R19 ERJ3GEYJ153 15k
R20 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R21 ERJ6RSJR10V 0.1
R22 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
R23 ERJ3GEYJ2R2 2.2
R24 ERJ3GEY0R00 0
(CAPACITORS)
C2 ECUV1A475KB 4.7
C3 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C4 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C5 ECST0JY475 4.7
C6 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C7 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
245
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Ref.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
C8 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C10 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C11 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C12 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C14 EEE1AA221P 220
C15 EEE1AA221P 220
C16 ECUV1H1R0CCV 1
C17 ECUV1H180JCV 18P
C18 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C20 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C21 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C22 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C23 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C24 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C26 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C27 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C28 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C29 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C30 ECUV1C104KBV 0.1
C31 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C33 ECUV1A225KB 2.2
C54 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C55 ECUV1H020CCV 2P
C56 ECUV1H020CCV 2P
C57 ECUV1H330JCV 33P
C60 ECUV1A475KB 4.7
C62 ECUV1A105KBV 1
C63 ECUV1H100DCV 10P
C64 ECUV1A105KBV 1
C65 ECUV1H020CCV 2P
C66 ECUV1H020CCV 2P
(OTHERS)
E101 L0CBAB000052 MICROPHONE
E102 PQWLA141E LCD ASS’Y
X1 H0D103500002 CRYSTAL OSCILLATOR
14.8. FIXTURES AND TOOLSRef.No.
Part No. Part Name & Description Remarks
EC1 PQZZ2K12Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
EC2 PQZZ12K4Z CONNECTOR, 12 PIN
EC3 PQZZ10K4Z CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
EC4 PQZZ7K5Z CONNECTOR, 7 PIN
EC5 PQZZ11K4Z CONNECTOR, 11 PIN
EC6 PFZZ5K13Z CONNECTOR, 5 PIN
EC7 PQZZ8K18Z CONNECTOR, 8 PIN
EC8 PQZZ2K13Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
EC9 PQZZ3K5Z CONNECTOR, 3 PIN
EC10 PQZZ3K5Z CONNECTOR, 3 PIN
EC11 PQZZ11K4Z CONNECTOR, 11 PIN
EC12 PQZZ2K6Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
EC13 PQZZ2K1Z CONNECTOR, 2 PIN
EC14 PFZZ10K1Z CONNECTOR, 10 PIN
PQZZTCD705BX I2C PCB
PQZZ1CD705BX RS232C CABLE
PQZZ2CD705BX CLIP CABLE
PQZZ3CD705BX DC CABLE
PQZZTCD410E BATCH FILE
KM79811245C0 BASIC FACSIMILE TECHNIQUE(for training servicetechnicians)
Note 1:
Tools and Extension Cords (EC1~EC14) are useful forservicing. (They make servicing easy.)
Note 2:
See CHECK PROCEDURE (CORDLESS BASE UNIT)(P.154), and CHECK PROCEDURE (PORTABLEHANDSET) (P.155).
246
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
15 PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
15.1. ANALOG BOARD (PCB2): BOTTOM VIEW
E
E
E
E
E
E
C239
C148
R322
C263C264 R285
R286
R293
R216
C188
C189
L103 L105
L104
D118
C177
C186
C187
R192
C192
C156C157
C162
C149
R166
R168C166
Q108
R274
R273R270
R271R321
R277R318
R319R276
R314R305
R238R282R281
C223
R236R235
R304
R279
C277
R265 R151
R110 C114C112 R298
C103
R303R254
R306R292
CH(+)
C102R102C101
R101 C104 R104C106R106C108
C161
C199R169C167R164
R175C225R176C224
R159
L121
C238
R160C163
C107
R299
BLUE
R313
C271
CH(-)
C260
R103R105
R109R287
R113C119
R115C121
C129 C115R123
L115R295 R294
R134C138
C143R136
L114
C127R297
L117
R130
R275
C254
C256
C258
D136
C251
C147
R320R272
R153
J104
L106
R185R184
R183
PFUP1321ZA
R179C259R180
R191R174C169C193
J155
R156 R177
R162R167
R181
R171
IC101
L113
L116R296
C116C117 R114
R116C226
R128C130
R124C128C122
C133
C247
R125
C273R317
C272
C262R283C261R284R316
F201C275
C276
C245R257
L112
C242
C144
C142C141 R137
R138
R258
L111R259
Q138
C274
Q104
Q117
Q115
Q137
Q139
C139
EE
Q109
Q110
EQ
111
E
Q114
A B C D E F G H I1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
E
E
E
EQ
128
Q132 Q
140
IC109
IC110
85
14
41
58
85
14
IC102
85
14
L119
MODEL
L118
D135R289
R311
R315
C269
R312
C228C270
R288
R278R280
C255
WHITE
KX-FC195 : ANALOG BOARD (Bottom View)
247
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
15.2. ANALOG BOARD (PCB2): COMPONENT VIEW
EE
C174
J75J195
J169 POS101SA101
SA103
J4
J208
J207
J126 C153
J159
J171J165 D108
D107J3
J9J167
FLT101
C179
C180
L101
J192
J204
ZNR101
RL105
RL101
R214
R260
J22
J29
J40
J39J54
J103
J107
J173
D137
J20
D119
J161J18
J10
J110
J33J57J38
D121 J119
D122
L102RL102
J2
J130J5
J6
J196
J188
J154
D114
Q107
C253D134
C250
J212
ZNR102
IC111
L110
C278
6
1
D141E
Q136
L108
J89
J86
C257J163
J172
Q135
D139R307R308
J70D129
D138
L109
J98 J105
J99
J144
PC111
PC113
J101
PC110
PC115J146
J147
R241
R242
J65
PFUP1321ZA
J66
J63
J58
MODEL
PCB-CH
C139
C244
J34
J60
J49
KX-FC195 : ANALOG BOARD (Component View)
J35
J32
J61
C165
J69
R172
Q105
R189
Q116
Q112
C198R215
E
E
D111PC105
R158
D109
C159
J190 J189
L107D1
16
D115
R155
C170
FT10
5
PC10
4PC
106
PC10
7J7
8
C279
CN10
9PO
S201
Q14
1
J170
T103
D140
J198
J202
R178
R173
J109
J191
J203
J193
J7
PC11
2
CN10
8CN
107
111
12
D133
D132
J71
PC10
9
PC11
4
J93
J92
J145
J52 J51
C243
Q13
3E
J50 J5
5 J45
J46
J47
J37
C136 D1
31
J26
J108
J30
J19
J112R2
61
J31
J111
D117
J17
J23
CN20
2CN
201
121
110
C246
J53 J4
3J4
4 J42 J4
1J160
CN10
5
J64
J62
C168
21
J59
13
C252ZN
A103
C173
SA10
2
J166
J129
J206
J143
F101 J1
58 J125
J197
T101
CN10
3
CN10
2
PC102
AUTO-CH
L120
PbF
Note: The position of "PbF" marking sometimes may change.
248
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
15.3. DIGITAL BOARD (PCB1): BOTTOM VIEW
A B C D E F G H I1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
R714R733
C713
R524C708 C705
C709 R706
R660
R718
R528R700R701C700
C502
C504
C543
C542C628
R549C618R619
C630
R550R548
R551
R634
C536
C728C538
C529
R557R562R629
R631
R597R598R599R542 R543
C524C510
R621C514
R544
R604D503
R531
L505L504L503L502
L501
C604
R640R639
R638C612
R509
Q503
R532
C523C525
C664
C537C533
R726C701
C531C729R721C735
C663C517C730
C727C513
C516R637L509
L537L518C539
C575C725
C546C558
C614 L520C724L515L519
C569 C583 L510
C704
C566
L516
C532L517
C726R743R744 R746
R742
C559
R745
C580
R720 C659
E
C508
R527C511R530
C712
C736
R713
Q504
SW1
AG_M
AG
+5VA +5VD
+24V
RD
DGD7
D2
D5DG
WR
PG
D3
A7A5
A6
A1A3
A2
A4
A0
D0
A9
A8CE2
CE1
IC50614
85
A13
A16
A18
A10 A12
A17
A14
A11
A19
BAT
+2.5VBAT
+3.3VBAT
Q506
D6
+3.3VD
ROMCSM_FCS
D4
D1
RESET
DG
MODEL
E
E
E
Q507
PFUP1320ZA
+2.5V
KX-FC195 : DIGITAL BOARD (Bottom View)
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
249
15.4. DIGITAL BOARD (PCB1): COMPONENT VIEW
E
E
E
IC508
CN5021 5
PG
REF-CH
VOICE
L512
R508
R727
X501
R537
R538
R539
R635
Q51
3C7
33R5
59C7
31R6
33R6
32C6
33
C617
R526
C541
L506
R625
R626 IC
517
RA50
9 RA51
0
IC50
7 C619 R7
28
C620
54
13
R502
C501
C503
C722
R731
814 1
7
R711
C720
RA51
2
C577
C565
C564
C711
C573
R576R5
82R5
65 R567
R732
R525
1
Q50
5C6
10
R529
23 22
44
C552
R556
J503
R682
R724
R738
R739
C554
R740R5
58EY
EXY
EYEC
LKEY
ESYN
CR5
47C5
55R5
77
R730
R578
C530
C535
C526
L532
C710
R712
CN60
1
110
R710
R734
C528
C534
C561
R683
C723
102
65 381
2839
1031
C609
R540
R541 R5
60
C548
C621
R681
R601 C5
27R5
14 R507
D501
D502
Q50
2E
J501
C623
R510
16
1
9
8
R603
+3.3VBAT
VIDEO
ABTEST
109
IC516
L526L525
RA505
RA504
RA503 RA501
RA502
F502 R505
C603 R503
IC502
1
16 17
32
CN505
1 11
R506R504
R516
11
10 1
20
108 7372
37361
144
IC501
AMON NMI
XTEST
ADR13ADR14ADR15
C631
R729
C622
IC512
R630
14
15
1
28
J502
IC503
C629
+2.5V
RESET
FTG
+2.5VBAT
CN504CN508
PFUP1320ZAPbFNote: The position of "PbF" marking sometimes may change.
C611
C522
C515
C521
C605R725
CN503
C547 C662CN509
3 1C632
C732 R623
10 1
C545R658
R736
C540
R552R553
X502
R545C519C518
C734
R533
C509R523R522
8 1
8 1
+24V
CN506PCB-CH
1 7
Q501
C505
R501
+5VD
E
EE
CN60
2
112
+5VA
R741
R719C719
+3.3V
MODEL
C574
C578
C549
L536
C702
IC521
C703 L536
L531L533L534
IC520
PS501
41
58
R704
64 R546C556
RA506
RA511
R617
R686Q512
C551L530
L527 Q520Q521 R737
C598 C599
X503R563
XCLK
IC505
L514R735
R564C550R561
C553R722
L529
L528
R616
AUTO-CH
AG
DG
CN603
C721
C718
2 1
KX-FC195 : DIGITAL BOARD (Component View)
1.25
A
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
250
15.5. OPERATION BOARD (PCB3):BOTTOM VIEW
1
65 92 95
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
10A DB C
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 910 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
101112
PFUP1249Z
D301L351 C351 C352
Q30
1
31 R353C353R355R354
R356
81
C304 C305
IC301
C302
C310
C311
R303
R306R307
C317R316R314R317R315
C316
R312
R321
R306
C314R318
R304
R320
C309
C308
R351
Red
Blac
k
R352
+5V
+5VSW353
SW352
5V
GND
23 22
12
11
144
3433
GND
GND
GND
+5V
GND
GND
10 1
KX-FC195 : OPERATION BOARD (Bottom View)
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
251
15.6. OPERATION BOARD (PCB3):COMPONENT VIEW
PFUP1249ZPbF
1
SW306
2
SW311
3
SW316
4
SW308
5
SW313
6
SW318
7
SW307
8
SW312
9
SW317
SW309
0
SW314
#
SW319
SW305
FLASH REDIAL/PAUSE MUTE
SP-PHONE/MONITOR NAVIGATOR
SW310 SW315
RECORD
SW329
CN3021 10
ERASE
SW331
PLAY-MESSAGE
SW330
AUTO-ANSWER
SW328LE
D301
LED3
03
J305 J306
C303
18
C354
13
CN30
3CN
301
LED3
02
J301
J303
J302
J312
J311
CALLER-ID
SW302
LOCATOR/INTERCOM
SW325
J309
J310
COPY
SW303
STOP
J304
J308
J307
SW304
FAX/START/SETSW301MENU
HELP
SW326
SW327
PCB-CH
NEXT
SW321
SW323
SW322
SW320
SW332 SW333 SW334 SW335
PREV
SW324
A B C D a b c dE F G
A B C 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A CB
KX-FC195 : OPERATION BOARD (Component View)
Note: The position of "PbF" marking sometimes may change.
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
252
15.7. POWER SUPPLY BOARD (PCB4)
(COMPONENT NIEW)
L
N
CN31
R101
F101 D1
04
D103
D102
D101
C102
C103 C1
05
R137 C1
25
IC10
1
C123
C121
R127
C124
R126
R124
C121
R103
C106
R102
R136
5
4
8
1
C122
R125R1
21
Q101
C109D1
08PC101
R223
C205R222
R221
VR201
R225IC201
K RA
GDS
L101
TH101
J1
J2
C101
ZNR101
T3.1
5AH
250V
R104
R107
D105
R105
R128
D107
R122J3
J4
D106
R109
R108
R106
L103
C119
C108
T101
C206
IC20
2D2
01
C202
R224
R203
R202
8VGND
5VGNDGND
GND
19
C201
C204
24
D202C110
L201
C203
CN301
PRIM
ARY
SECO
NDAR
Y
(BOTTOM NIEW)
C101
ZNR101
R101
CN31
T3.1
5AH
250V
SRF1
195E
KCAUTION
F101
L101
D104 D1
03
D102 D1
01
C102
C103
R102
R103
C106
R105
C108
R104
R107
D105
D106
R109
R106
R108
T101G
D
SQ
101
C109
D108
PC101
IC201 VR201
AK R
PRIMARY
SECONDARY
C119
L103
1
C105
D107
J1
J2 J3
J4
N
L
C206
IC20
2D2
01C202
C201
C204
CN30
1
C205
R202
R203
11
19
D202C110
L201
C203
IC101
ONLY WITHSAME TYPEAND RATINGSOF FUSE.(F101)
FOR CONTINUED PROTECTION AGAINST RISK OF FIRE . REPLACE
TH101
KX-FC195 : POWER SUPPLY BOARD
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
253
15.8. CORDLESS BASE BOARD (PCB5):BOTTOM VIEW
TP89
TP45
TP205TP203TP6 TP7TP204TP202TP90 TP50
TP97
TP82
TP187
TP1
TP91
TP188
TP39
TP201
TP200
TP2TP5
KX-FC195 : CORDLESS BASE BOARD (Bottom View)
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
254
15.9. CORDLESS BASE BOARD (PCB5):COMPONENT VIEW
AUTO-CH
C81
A201
A202C54 C58R79
ANT
R78C70
C55R66
J125
C53
C43
R38
C68L19
C48
C122
C105
C119
C120
L5
X1
IC2
C21C79
R23
C14
R31
R26
C12
R20 R54C49
R81
Q2
D2
R55 C3
PC1
R113
Q7
C15
R14
PFUP1322ZBPbF
R15
C8
C106C107C108C109C111
C6R8
R10
C60
C110
Q3
L10L12L13L14L15
REF-CHC7
R9
R4R3
C5
J126
R52
Q102
E G JT SP
GR PD AL
Q107
R104R103
R33C27
R87R86R36
Q6 E
C13 R22
D6
RL1
10
1
C25C23
Q8
R30
64
49
32
1716
48
33
1
C41
C40
D10
D5R3
5C3
3
C32 C3
0C2
9
C24
R117
C117
R118
C116
J124
R115
R116
Q10
6 R114
C118
C101
R21
R107 R1
08
C100
R106 C1
04
C4
C63
SA2
L2 ZNR2
ZNR1R7
7
Q10
5
D7
R53
R1C7
4R8
2R2
R72
R71
Q11
R13
C9
R7
R73
L11
R74
R112
C113
C112
C1C2 SA1
CN2
CN1
11
112
C114
R111 R1
01
C115
C62
R70
Q4
R11
C103
R105
R109
C102
R32
C22
C19
C18 R2
9 C28
C26
IC1
C35R5
7C3
6
C37
C34
R42 R41
Q9
L1
ADJUST
L3C57
C83 C85C71C56 R6728
11 18
IC3
1
DA1
C82
C73
L18
C75
C78
C69
C84
C66
C67
C50
R88
Q10
3
R110
J102
VBAC
K
R102
Q10
4
Q10
1
C38
R58
C76
C121
L20
C72
C87
PCB-CH COUNTRY
J104
SCL
J103
SDA
C20 C1
1R1
7 C51
R56
R16
R18
R19
R6R5
R27
R24 C1
0R25 R2
8C1
6C1
7
R12
Q5
D3
J105
GND
J101
+2.6
5V
E
KX-FC195 : CORDLESS BASE BOARD (Component View)
Note: The position of "PbF" marking sometimes may change.
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
255
15.10. PORTABLE HANDSET BOARD (PCB6):FLOW SOLDER SIDE VIEW
1
PROG
PbF
BOOK
UP
POWERCAN
DOWN
RIGHT
REDIAL
LEFT
1
2
36
5
7
0
#
R4
9
8
INT
MIC
TALK
36
CN2
KX-FC195 : PORTABLE HANDSET (Flow Solder Side View)
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
256
15.11. PORTABLE HANDSET BOARD (PCB6):COMPONENT VIEW
C54R23
R24
D1
C63
C66
C62
C65
C14
TP1
TP2
PbF
SP
SP
C2C15
L2
L3
D7
D3
D5
C10
R17
C12
R11
R16
C22
C30
C8
C3
C26
C28
C29C
6
R8
D2
D4
C16 C
17
R12
R22
Q3
Q2
R4
C7
C4
C5
C33
MIC
R5
R7
R1
D6
C11
R20
R2
R3
C21
C25R19
D5
IC1
IC2
100
80
30F1
50
5
8
4
1
1
R18
C27
TP18
C20C23C18
L5
L4
R21
R6
C24
X1
Q1
C31
TP19
TP13TP17TP14
TP16TP12
TP3
TP4
TP10
BAT
GNDSCLSDA
C57
C64C56C55
11
18
1
28
IC3
C60
SP+(BBIC: 41)
SP-(BBIC: 42)
TP14(4V)
RF Clock(BBIC: 23 10.368 MHz)
VDD(2.65V)
CDT(BBIC: 27)
CN3(TP3)
KX-FC195 : PORTABLE HANDSET(Component View)
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
257
16 FOR THE SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMSNote:
1. DC voltage measurements are taken with an oscilloscope or a tester with a ground.
2. The schematic diagrams and circuit board may be modified at any time with the development of new technology.
258
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
17 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM17.1. ANALOG BOARD (PCB2)
FAX TX Signal
FAX RX Signal
12V
SP-PHONEFAX RX
12V
SP-PHONE, FAX TX
PC106A
KE
C
PC107A
KE
C
CN105
1 1
2 2
+5VA
+5VA
DG
+24V1
+24V1
+24VA
+5VA
+5VA
+12V
+24VA
+24VA
+24VA
+12V
+24V
+12V
IC1021 CD2 FC23 FC14 VIN 5VO1
6VCC
7GND
8VO2
C22
4
J680
p
Z0.
1uC
107
C15
7
NC
(
)
C24
5Z
0.1u
C127( )
NC
C128( )
NC
K0.056u
C143
C16
3
NC
(
)
K0.
22u
C13
3
( )C122
NC
Z0.
1u
C14
4
K39
00p
C11
4
K68
00p
C10
1
K33
00p
C10
3
K47
00p
C26
0
K0.
1u
C11
5
C162
K0.033u
C264
K0.1u
Z0.1u
C117
C167
K1000p
K0.33u
C138
K0.
022u
C10
6
J820
pC
108
K2200pC102
C22
6D
10p
K0.
056u
C14
1
K0.
33u
C14
2
C22
5
J680
p
Z0.1uC104
K39
00p
C11
2
C15
6
NC
(
)
Z1u
C16
6
K0.
027u
C14
8
C15
9
16V
47u
50V4.7u
C136
16V
100u
C13
9
50V4.7u
C170( )
C24
4
50V
10u
C16
5
50V
4.7u
C153
50V2.2u
J159
NC( )
J160
NC( )
J103
NCR
130
(
)
NC
10K
R101
12K
R15
6
R16
0
NC
(
)
R171
NC( )
R13
8
3.3K
R169
10K
100
R16
8
10K
R109
R181
NC( )
R164
15K
R16
7
33K
R173 12 1/4W
NC( )
R15
1
1K
R16
2
12K
330
R128
1KR16
6
10K
R25
9
R134
3.3K
10K
R105
( )R123
NC
110K
R17
6
390
1/4W
R15
8
10KR102
1.8K
R136
150K
R17
5
10K
R25
8
10K
R15
9
10K
R106
0J104
10K
R104
( )R124
NC
10K
R11
0
R13
7
1.8K
R25
7
10K
R155
120 1/4W
10K
R103
D109
D13
1
D12
9
D111
D10
7D
108
F201
0.25A
Q109
NC
Q105
Q110
NC
Q108
Q104
Q112
NC
( )
( )
( )
( )C121
NC
(
)
16V
100u
C16
8N
C
(
)
35V
100u
C24
3
Q133
IC101-1
5
67
IC101-2
12
34
8
IC109-25
67
IC109-1
12
34
8
C130
K0.018u
C129
K0.018u
R116
82K
R115
82K
470K
R28
7
+12V
Q107
C22
8
Z0.
1u
+8V
0
L111
0
L112
( )L113
NC
12
3
( )L114
NC
12
3
( )L115
NC
12
3
0R293
0R294
0R295( )
L116
NC
1
2
3
0R296
( )L117
NC
1
2
3
( )L119
NC1
23
0
R297
0R298
( )L118
NC
12
30
R299
T101
1234
6
(
)
Q138
NC
R17
2
IC110-2
5
67
IC110-1 12
34
8
CH
(+)
CH
(-)
C246
50V2.2u
5.6K
R153
R283
820K
R284
470K
C261 J220p
C161
K0.022u
R285
56K
C262
K1500p
270
R12
5
CN201
1CPC
2BELL
3LINERLY
4DCN
5TONE1
6BREAK
7E_RECALL
8P_SHORT
9DTMFIMP
10LOWIMP
C24
2Z
0.1u
D13
8
D13
9
+5VA
K0.
22u
C26
9
(
)
C27
0
NC
L108
33uH
L109
33uH
33
R31
3
Q141 K0.
1u
C27
1
C19
9D
10p
2.2K
R31
7
0
R31
6
160
R31
1
220
R31
2
( )R288
NC
2.0AR289
FG_CLD
Z0.
1uC
274 K10
00p
C27
5
Z0.
1u
C27
6
(
)
C27
7
NC
22
R24122
R242
K6800p
C273
( )C272
NC
R286
6.8K
10 1
/4W
R30
7
10 1
/4W
R30
8
C263
K0.015u
( )C238
NC
( )C239
NC
(
)
R13
9
0
R322
62KR113
J220pC119
( )820 2WR178
NC
62K
R11
4J2
20p
C11
6
CN109
1
2
3
CN2021LINE_IN
2LINE_OUT
3SPOUT
4+24V
5AG
6+5V
7CDLHOOK
8CDLIND
9SPMUTE
10LOCATOR
11BUSYTONE
12CDLRLY
BEAD
L121
PC_DG
PC_DG
PC_DG PC_DG
POS201
270
R31
5
DT
MF
IMP
SP
MU
TE
CP
C
DTMFIMP
P_SHORT
CPC
BELL
LINE_RLY
DCN
BREAK
E_RECALL
CDLHOOK
SPMUTE
LOCATOR
BUSYTONE
CDLIND
CDLRLY
DC
N
LOWIMP
P_S
HO
RT
(DTMF RETURN LOSS)
TO SPEAKER
(1)(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
259
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
FAX TX Signal
FAX RX Signal
Cordless H/S TX Signal
Cordless H/S RX Signal
+6.5V
PC105
A
KE
C
PC104A
KE
C
+24V1
+5VA
+5VA
+5VA
+5VA
CDL_GND
+5VA
+24V1
PC111A
KE
CPC113
A
KE
C
+5VA +24V1
PC109A
KE
C
CN103NC
1 b1
2 S(W)
3 b
4 a
5 E(G)
6 a1
CN1021 a1
2 E(G)
3 a
4 b
5 S(W)
6 b1
FLT1011
2 3
4
K0.033u
C189
C251
K0.01u
K0.027u
C187
K33
00P
C17
7
Z0.
1uC
147
K680p
C180
K0.033u
C186
C254
K1500p
250V1u
C198
K680p
C179
C25
6
K22
00p
K0.027u
C188
C25
5
K47
00p
C16
9
Z0.
1u
C17
4
50V
100u
C17
350
V22
u
L110
BEAD
L104
L102L106
BEAD
BEAD
L103
L105
BEAD
L101
( )J109
NC
J143
NC( )
J129
NC( )
J130
(
)
NC
J119
NC( )
J171
NC( )
J165
J166
J126
NC
(
)
J167
J169
NC( )
J125
NC
(
)
J158
R17
4
47K
( )0R279
100K
R19
2
R18
4
680K
470K
R17
9
4.7K
1/4
WR
189
R27
8
0
R27
5
100K
18K
1/2
W
R21
4
22K
R23
5
J155
0
1KR19
1
12KR216
R18
3
33K
22K
R23
6
R273
39K
R18
5
5.6K
R18
0 1M
R17
7
8.2K
D11
4
D116
D11
7
D11
9
D115
D13
5D118
1
2 3
4
D121 D122
F101
1A
POS101
NC( )
SA
102
3000
VS
A10
1
310V
ZN
R10
1
Q111
Q132
Q128
Q115
Q117
(
)
NC
Q114
Q116
RL1
011
2
RL1
021
2
RL101
35
4
(
)
C22
3
NC
RL102
35
4
PC110A
K E
C
R28
1
1K
R23
81K
R28
2
1K
22K 1/2W
R215
PC102
AK
KA E
C
R27
4
1.5K
+5VA
Q137
1KR
292
R27
02.
4K
PC112A
KE
C
Z0.
1u
C14
9
IC111 REFA
K
R28
0
120K
CN107
1 CDLRLY
2 +24V1
CN108
1 CDLGND2
2 CDLGND1
3 LOWIMP
4 BUSYTONE
5 EARTH
6 CDLHOOK
7 CDLIND
8 LOCATOR
9 CDL6.5V
10 a
11 b
RL105
35
4
RL1051 2
D137
+24V1
Q139
PC114A
K E
C
+5VA
( )R304
NC
22K
R30
6
+5VA
PC115A
KE
C
(
)
R31
4
NC
CDLGND_2
+6.5V_2
CDLGND_2
CDLGND_2
CDLGND_2
+6.5V_2+6.5V_2
300
R319
R276
300R272 1.1K
1.1KR320
R27
122
0
330
R32
1
C25
825
0V22
00p
C25
210
V56
0u
D13
3
D13
2
+6.5V_2+6.5V_2
3000
VS
A10
3
( )J154
NC
ZNR103
ZNR102
C24
7
0
R26
5
0 1KR25
4
1KR30
3
R30
5
1K
Q140
K0.1uC192
C25
9Z
1u
R27
7
15K
C25
7
50V
100u
15K
R31
8
C25
050
V33
u
3.3K
1/4
W
R26
1R
260
3.3K
1/4
W
( )C279
NCD141
(
)
C19
3
NC
L107
L120
D140
PC_DG
PC_DG
PC_DG
Q135G
S
D
Q136
T1031
2
3
4
56
7
9
D136
D134
C253 250V 4700p
250V 4700pC278
FLT105
1
2 3
4
LIN
E_R
LY
E_R
EC
ALL
BE
LL
CD
LIN
D
LOC
ATO
R
CD
LHO
OK
BU
SY
TON
E
LOW
IMP
CD
LRLY
BR
EA
K
TO EXT-TEL
TO LINE
KX-FC195 : ANALOG BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
KX-FC195JT-GKX-FC195G-GKX-FC195GR-GKX-FC195SP-G
-- mounted-- NC-- NC-- NC
(1)(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)
(6)
(7)
(8)
(9)
260
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
17.2. DIGITAL BOARD (PCB1)
KRXD/KTXDKSCLK
KLATCHKSTART
....
....
....
32.768KHz
MT0MT1MT2MT3MTE
STB1STB2
THDATTHCLKTHLAT
....
....
CLK .... SI ....
+5VD +24V
+24V
+5VD
DG
DG
+5VD
+24V
+3.3V/BATIN
RESET
TEST
+5VD
+2.5V
+2.5V/BATIN
+025VBAT
+5VD
+3.3VD
+3.3VD+3.3VA
+3.3VD
+3.3VD
+033VBAT
+5VD
+5VD
+3.3VD
PG
+5VD
+24V
+2.5V
+3.3VD
CDLHOOK 002:3E
BELL 002:3F
+2.5V/BATIN
+3.3V/BATIN
+5VDCIS
MDMRST 002:8C
LINERLY 002:3F
CN503
1SIG
2GND
3+5V
4SEL
5GND
6SI
7GND
8CLK
9G.LED
10V.LED
IC5081
2
3
4
5
6
7
8GND9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
IC516
1 DIR
2 A1
3 A2
4 A3
5 A4
6 A5
7 A6
8 A7
9 A8
10 GND 11B8
12B7
13B6
14B5
15B4
16B3
17B2
18B1
19G
20VCC
IC5071 VOUT2 VDD3 GND
4VDET
5CE
RA
503
100
1 2 3 45678
RA
504
100
1 2 3 45678
RA
505
100
1 2 3 45678
IC501
1V
SS
A2
VD
DA
3.3
3A
IN1
4A
IN2
5A
IN3
6A
MO
N7
VS
SA
8X
32O
UT
9X
32IN
103.
3V/B
AT
TIN
11X
BA
CK
EN
12X
RA
MC
S13
3.3V
/BA
TT
OU
T14
2.5V
/BA
TT
IN15
FT
G16
F1
17F
2/O
P18
FA
/OP
19C
PC
/IP90
AD
R7
91A
DR
892
AD
R9
93A
DR
1094
AD
R11
95A
DR
1296
RB
A0
97R
BA
198
RB
A2
99R
BA
310
0R
BA
410
1R
BA
5/O
P10
2R
BA
5/IO
P96
103
ST
B1
104
ST
B2
105
ST
B3
106
XR
ES
ET
107
VD
D3.
3V10
8V
SS
109 VSS110 VDD3.3V111 XDRESET112 VDD5.0V113 VSS114 XRESETI115 XWDERR116 THDAT117 THCLK118 THLAT119 STBNP120 RM0/IOP00121 RM1/IOP01122 RM2/IOP02123 RM3/IOP03124 RXE/IP04125 TM0/IOP10126 VDD2.5V127 VSS128 TM1/IOP11129 TM2/IOP12130 TM3/IOP13131 TXE/IP14132 KSTART133 KLATCH134 KSCLK135 KTXD136 KRXD137 FMEMCLK/IOP24138 FMEMDI/IOP25139 ADSEL1140 VDDA2.5V141 VREFB142 VCL143 VREFT144 VSSA
IC5171
2
3 GND 4
5VCC
IC5061234 5
678
AMON
FTG
VIDEO
CN505
1COM(TH)
2THDAT
3STB2
4GND
5THCLK
6TM
7+5V
8PG
9STB1
10THLAT
11COM(TH)
CN504
1GND
2+5V
3KSTART
4KLATCH
5KRXD
6KTXD
7KSCLK
8RESET
CE2 CE1
A19
C51
8
K22
00p
C63
1Z
0.1u
C51
3Z
0.1u
C61
9
Z0.
1u(
)C
505
NC
C61
1
Z0.
1u
C50
2
Z0.
1u
C514 Z0.1u
C632Z0.22u
( )C662
NC
C63
3
J180
p
(
)
C51
6N
C
C61
0
Z0.
1u
C62
1Z
0.1u
C519
K0.1u
C52
5
J15p
C522
K0.1u
C52
4
Z0.
1u
C604
Z0.1u
C612
Z0.1u
Z0.1uC663
C52
3
J12p
(
)
C52
1
NC
C515Z0.1u
(
)
C60
3
NC
( )C517NC
C547Z0.1u
( )C527NC
C60
9
Z0.
1u
C510
Z0.1u
C62
0Z
0.1u
C50
9
K10
00p
(
)
C50
1N
C
(
)C
623
NC
(
)
C62
2N
C
C50
3
6.3V
100u
J501
J502R507 180
L504 100
R639 100
R621
4.7
R508 1K
R63
410
0
R51
6
1.5K
1/2
W
R504 180
R638 100
R506 180
R52
6
F1.
1K
R503 180
( )R633
NC
R522 22K
R562
180
R640
100
R637 100
( )R537
NC
R51
4
820
R630
100
R60
1
10K
R68
2
4.7K
L525
0
R53
2
4.7M
L505 100
R53
320
K
L526
0
R556
0
R510 100
R63
222
0K
R50
2
4.7K
R52
9
F36
K
R629
100
R52
343
K
L512
0
( )J503
NC
L503 100
R62
610
0
R50
1
5.6K
R505
180
R557
270
( )R604
NC
R50
9
0
390 2W
R603
R53
1
330K
R631
2.2K
R54
4
2.2K
330
R721
L501
100
L502 100
(
)
R683NC
D50
1
D50
3D502
F50
2
1.25
A
X501
32.768KHz
Q506
Q505
Q501
Q503
Q520
Q502
Q513
R681 4.7K
2.2K
R724
+3.3VD
4.7K
R72
6K
1000
p
C70
1
IC5024M FLASH(PROGRAM)
1 A11
2 A93 A8
4 A135 A14
6 A17
7WE8VDD
9A18
10 A1611 A15
12 A12
13 A714 A615 A516 A417 A318 A219 A120 A0 21D0
22D123D2
24VSS
25D326D427D528D629D7
30 CE
31 A10
32 OE
( )Q521
NC
4.7K
R72
7
+5VD
C50
4
Z0.
1u
CN506
1+24V
2+24V
3+24V
4PG
5PG
6DG
7+5V
CN502
1COM
2M0
3M1
4M2
5M3
2.2
R72
8
A B
R635
2.2K
Q507
( )C730
(
)
C73
4
( )C735
R61
9
10K
(
)
C61
8
C727K1000p
BA
T50
1
A[0]A[1]A[2]A[3]A[4]A[5]A[6]A[7]A[8]A[9]A[10]A[11]A[12]RBA[0]RBA[1]RBA[2]RBA[3]RBA[4]
RB
A[4
]R
BA
[3]
RB
A[5
]
RB
A[2
]R
BA
[1]
RB
A[0
]A
[12]
A[1
1]A
[10]
A[9
]A
[8]
A[7
]
XTHLAT
THDAT
THCLK
THLAT
STB2
STB1
XSTB1
XSTB1
XSTB2
XSTB2
XTHCLK
MT0
MT1
THON
XFTG
XF1F1
FT
G
FTG
CD
LRLY
CLE
LINERLYMDMRST
XTHDAT
ALE
KSTART
KTXD
KLATCH
KRXD
OPRESET
MTEMT3MT2
CP
C
CDLHOOK
TO THERMAL HEAD
TO POWER UNIT
TO MOTOR
1/4
(1)(2)(3)
(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)(15)(16)(17)(18)
(19)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)(27)(28)
261
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
24.576MHz
+5VD
XTEST
+3.3VD
+3.3VD
+5VD
+3.3VD
+3.3VD
+5VD
+3.3VD
+5VD
VOL3IN002:8E
VOL2OUT002:8E
TONE2002:8F
TONE1002:8E
CPC002:3F
CDLRLY002:3E
MODTXEN002:8E
OF_MREN002:8F
BREAK002:3F
MDMCS002:8D
XMDMINT002:8B
XRD002:8D
XWR002:8D
+5VD
SPMUTE002:3E
TONE2EN002:8F
CN603
1 MPOS
2 DG
PS501A
K
C
E
IC5124M FLASH(VOICE)
1 VSS2 CLE3 ALE4 WE5 WP6 N.C.7 N.C.8 N.C.9 N.C.10 N.C.
13 N.C.14 N.C.15 N.C.16 N.C.17 N.C.18 I/O019 I/O120 I/O221 I/O322 VSS 23VCC
24I/O4
25I/O5
26I/O6
27I/O7
28N.C.
29N.C.
30N.C.
31N.C.
32N.C.
35N.C.
36N.C.
37N.C.
38N.C.
39N.C.
40GND
41R/B
42RE
43CE
44VCC
RA
501
100
1 2 3 45678
RA
502
100
1 2 3 45678
IC501
20R
VN
/IP21
IRD
AT
XD
/IOP
8122
IRD
AR
XD
/IOP
8023
TX
D/IO
P30
24R
XD
/IOP
3125
XR
TS
/IOP
3226
XC
TS
/IOP
3327
VD
D2.
5V28
TO
NE
129
TO
NE
230
VO
L1R
EF
31V
OL2
OU
T32
VO
L3IN
33X
NM
I34
FMEND0/IOP26
35
VDD3.3V
36
VSS
37VSS38VDD3.3V39MIDAT/IOP4540MICLK/IOP4641MILAT/IOP474220KOSC/IOP5643XWAIT/IOP6044XHSTRD/IOP4045XHSTWR/IOP4146XDPRBE/MUX/OP5347ADR15/OP48ADR14/OP49ADR13/OP50VDD2.5V51XOUT52XIN53VSS54VDD3.3V55XTEST56TEST157TEST258TEST359TEST460XMDMINT61XMDMCS62XRAS/IOP4263XCAS1/IOP4364XCAS2/IOP4465XRESCS2/OP7166DB367DB268DB469DB170DB571VDD3.3V72VSS
73V
SS
74V
DD
3.3V
75D
B0
76D
B6
77D
B7
78X
R0M
CS
79X
RD
80X
WR
81A
DR
082
AD
R1
83A
DR
284
AD
R3
85A
DR
486
AD
R5
87V
SS
88V
DD
2.5V
89A
DR
6
SW1
123
4
M_FCS
ROMCS
+3.3VD
CN508
1 +5V
2 TXD
3 RXD
4 RTS
5 CTS
6 DSR
7 DTR
8 GND
TONE1EN002:8E
RA510 4712345
678
C540
J12p
C51
1
K0.
1u
C70
0
K0.
1u
C50
8
K10
00p
C63
0
J10p
C538Z0.1u
(
)
C54
2N
C
C54
3
Z0.
1u
Z0.1u
C664
C536Z0.1u
C53
3Z
0.1u
K10
00p
C53
1
( )
C537
NC
(
)
C52
9N
C
C62
9
J10p
(
)
C54
5N
C
( )C617
NC
C62
8
Z0.
1u
C605
Z0.1u
C541
J10p
(
)
C54
8
6.3V
100u
NC
R551 100
R55
0 10K
R549 100
R62
3
10K
R55
3
1M
R658 1K
R62
510
0
R61
7
470K
R52
5
56K
R540 100
R543 100
R552
47
(
)
R55
9
NC
(
)
R59
8N
C
(
)
R59
7N
C
R541 100
(
)
R56
0
NC
R54
547
0R
548 10
K
R52
8
4.7K
R539 100
(
)
R68
6
NC
R538 100
R542 100
R701
100
R530
100
(
)
R59
9N
C
R52
7
330
R70
0
4.7K
R524
5.6K
R616
220K
24.5
76M
Hz
X50
2
Q512
Q504
+2.5VA
0
R725
(
)
C70
4N
C
ADR13 ADR14 ADR15
LOWIMP002:3F
RA509 47
1234 5
678
100R729
L506
BEAD
0R736
( )C728
(
)C
729
DG
CDLIND002:3E
(
)
C73
1
(
)
C73
2
(
)
C73
3
IC5034M DRAM(3.3V)
1VCC-1
2DQ1 3DQ2 4DQ3 5DQ4
6 NC6
7 WE
8 RAS
9 A9R
10 A011 A112 A213 A3
14VCC-14
15VSS-15
16 A417 A518 A619 A720 A8
21 NC21
22 OE
23 CAS
24DQ5 25DQ6 26DQ7 27DQ8
28VSS-28
D[7]
D[5]
D[2]D[3]
D[6]
D[4]
D[3]D[2]D[4]D[1]D[5]
D[0]D[6]D[7]
D[1]D[0]
D[0]D[1]D[2]D[3]
D[7]D[6]D[5]D[4]
A[4]A[5]A[6]A[7]RBA[0]RBA[1]RBA[2]RBA[3]RBA[4]RBA[5]
A[6
]A
[5]
A[4
]A
[3]
A[2
]A
[1]
A[0
]
MODTXEN
BREAK
D[0]D[1]D[2]D[3]D[4]D[5]D[6]D[7]
XCASXRAS
FRD
PTOP
OF_MREN
FIL
ME
ND
FILMEND
TO
NE
1EN
SP
MU
TE
TO
NE
2EN
M_FCS
FCS
D[0]D[1]D[2]D[3]
FWR
MPOS
SENLED
CIS
LED
LOW
IMP
CD
LIN
D
TO FLASH PROGRAMER
KX-FC195 : DIGITAL BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
2/4
(1)(2)(3)
(4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)(15)(16)(17)(18)
(19) (30)
(31)
(20)
(21)
(22)
(23)
(24)
(25)
(26)(27)(28)
262
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
32.256MHz
+3.3VD
TONE2EN001:2B
+3.3VD
XWR001:2E
RA
506
100
1 2 3 45678
MDMRST001:8C
MODTXEN001:2C
AG_M
OF_MREN001:2C
XRD001:2E
VOL3IN 001:2B
AG_M
+5VA1
+5VD
AG_M
RA
511
100
1 2 3 45678
+5VD
AG_M
+5VA1
TONE2001:2B
+3.3VD
RA
512
10K
1 2 3 45678
+5VA +5VA1
IC505
TONE1001:2B
VOL2OUT001:2B
IC5201
2
3
4
5
6
7 VSS 8
9
10
11
12
13
14VDD
MDMCS001:2C
TONE1EN001:2A
XMDMINT 001:2C
EY
EC
LKE
YE
SY
NC
EY
EX
Y
XCLK
E_RECALL 002:3F
P_SHORT 002:3FDTMFIMP 002:3F
+2.5VA
+2.5VA
LOCATOR 002:3E
IC521-2
12
34
8
C55
4
K47
00p
(
)
C55
8
NC
C54
6Z
0.1u
C58
3Z
0.1u
C57
5Z
0.1u
Z0.
1u
C72
2
( )
C559NC
C55
0
J33p
C59
8
J12p
C56
1K
0.1u
C71
9
Z0.
1u
(
)
C55
3
NC
(
)
C65
9
NC
C614
Z0.1u
(
)
C705NC
C566
Z0.1u
( )C711
NC
C72
0
Z0.
1u
C71
8
16V
10u
16V
10u
C72
1
C564
16V10u
L519
L509
BEAD
L529 0
R712
68K
R56
1
4.7K
2.7K
R72
2
(
)
R56
4
NC
R57
8
2.2K
10K
R73
110
KR
732
R706
10K
R57
7
1K
(
)
R71
9
NC
L520
0
L516 100L517 100
2.2K
R73
4
1K
R73
5
C70
3
Z0.
1u
C708
K2200p
( )L532
NC
12
3
+5VA1
( )L533
NC
12
3
0L534
0L535
R711 56K
R720
390K
R704 75K
R710 1M
C710
K0.015u
C709
K0.015u
R66
0
68K
R718
2.7
( )C723NC
( )C724NC
( )C725NC
C702 J150p
L514
BE
AD
C59
9
J10p
BEADR737BEADR738BEADR739BEADR740
( )R741
AG_M
( )C580
100
R74
210
0R
743
100
R74
410
0R
745
100
R74
6L515
R563270
X503
32.256MHz
D[0
]
D[6
]D
[7]
D[4
]
D[1
]
D[5
]
D[2
]D
[3]
A[0
]A
[1]
A[2
]A
[3]
A[4
]
LINE_IN
SPKRM_S
TONE2
SPKRM_P
1
SR4IN/RESERVED
2
SR3OUT/RESERVED
3E
YE
SY
NC
4E
YE
CLK
5R
XD
6S
R1I
O7
NC
8E
YE
XY
9S
R4O
UT
10V
DD
111
RLS
D12
DC
LK13
EN
8514
GP
I015
RT
S16
DG
ND
117
TX
D18
SA
1CLK
19R
S4
20R
S3
21R
S2
22R
S1
23R
S0
24Y
CLK
25IA
CLK
26IA
1CLK
27C
TR
LSIN
_S/N
C28
RE
SE
RV
ED
/NC
29S
OU
T_S
/NC
30S
IN_S
/NC
31F
SY
NC
_S/N
C32
IAR
ES
ET
_S/N
C33
AG
ND
134
LIN
EIN
_S/N
C
35M
ICP
_S/N
C
36M
ICM
_S/N
C
37M
ICB
IAS
_S/N
C
38N
C
39NC40VREF_S/NC
41VC_S/NC
42VAA_S/NC43LINEOUT_S/NC44NC45AGND246SPKRP_S/NC47SPKRM_S/NC48AVDD_S/NC49RESERVED/NC50ICLK_S/NC51MCLK_P52CTRLSIN_P53RESERVED54SOUT_P55SIN_P56FSYNC_P57IARESET_P58AGND359NC60LINEIN_P61MICP_P62MICM_P63MICBIAS_P
64NC
65N
C66
VR
EF
_P
67V
C_P
68V
AA
_P69
LIN
EO
UT
_P70
AG
ND
471
SP
KR
P_P
72S
PK
RM
_P73
AV
DD
_P74
NC
75IC
LK_P
76M
CLK
_S/N
C77
VD
D2
78D
779
D6
80D
581
D4
82D
383
D2
84D
GN
D2
85V
DD
386
D1
87D
GN
D3
88D
089
CS
BR
90W
RIT
E91
CS
92R
EA
D93
GP
I294
GP
I395
GP
I496
GP
I597
GP
I698
GP
I799
GP
O7
100
VD
D4
101
GP
O6
102
GP
O5
103 RESERVED
104 GPO4105 GPO3106 DGND4107 CTS108 IRQ1109 GPO2110 GPO1111 GPO0112 VDD5113 VGG114 DGND5115 RESET116 XTALI117 XTALO118 RESERVED119 XCLK120 GPO1121 IRQ2122 SR3IN123 RESERVED
124 RESERVED
125 DGND6
126 DVAA
127 AGND5
128 RESERVED
3/4
(40)
(41)
(42)
(43)
(44)
(45)
(46)
(47)
(48)
(49)(50)(51)
(52)(53)(54)(55)
(56)(57)(58)(59)
(60)(61)
(62)(63)
(64)(65)(66)
(67)(68)(69)(70)(71)(72)(73)
(30)
(31)
263
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
FAX TX Signal
FAX RX Signal CPC 001:2B
BREAK001:2C
AG_M
SPMUTE001:2A
+5VA
CDLHOOK 001:8C
LINERLY001:8C
BELL 001:8C
AG_M
AG_M
+3.3VD
AG_M
CDLRLY001:2B
AG_M
DTMFIMP002:7C
+24V
E_RECALL002:7C
P_SHORT002:7C
+5VA
+5VA
CN6021 LINE_IN
2 LINE_OUT
3 SPOUT
4 +24V
5 AG
6 +5V
7 CDLHOOK
8 CDLIND
9 SPMUTE
10 LOCATOR
11 BUSYTONE
12 CDLRLY
+2.5VA
LOCATOR002:7C
IC521-1
5
67
C57
8Z
0.1u
(
)
C55
5
NC
C569
Z0.1u
(
)
C55
1
NC
C713
K0.1u
C53
5
Z0.
1u
C552
K0.1u
C53
2
Z0.
1u(
)C
577
NC
C53
9
J100
pC
573
K0.
1u
C53
0
Z0.
1u
C54
9K
0.1u
C52
8
16V
10u
C52
6
16V
10u
C565
16V10u
C53
4
6.3V
100u
(
)
C57
4
NC
L527
(
)
R54
7
NC
10K
R73
0
L528
0
R55
8
2.7K
R546
1K
L510 0
22L518
R57
6
10K
(
)
R58
2N
C
R56
7
1K
R56
5
2.2K
2.2K
R73
3
( )L530
NC
1
2
3
( )L531
NC
12
3
0L536 R713
390KR714
39K
C712
J120p
C556
K0.01u
CN6011 CPC
2 BELL
3 LINERLY
4 DCN
5 TONE1
6 BREAK
7 E_RECALL
8 P_SHORT
9 DTMFIMP
10 LOWIMPLOWIMP 001:2B
CN509
1 MICIN
2 NC
3 GND
CDLIND 001:2B
L537
C72
6 K10
00p
K10
00p
C73
6
BELL
CPC
E_RECALL
P_SHORT
DTMFIMP
LINERLY
CDLHOOK
LINE_IN
SPMUTE
CDLRLY
LINE_OUT
LOCATOR
CDLIND
SPOUT
DCN
LOWIMP
BREAK
TONE1
OPERATIONPANEL MIC
BUSYTONE
KX-FC195 : DIGITAL BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
4/4
(40)
(41)
(42)
(43)
(44)
(45)
(46)
(47)
(48)
(49)(50)(51)
(52)(53)(54)(55)
(56)(57)(58)(59)
(60)(61)
(62)(63)
(64)(65)(66)
(67)(68)(69)(70)(71)(72)(73)
264
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
17.3. OPERATION BOARD (PCB3)
3.3V
0V LCD CONTRAST
0V LED: ON5V LED: OFF
5V
0V
5V
0V
+5V
C31
0
Z0.1
u
R30
318
K
R30
5
2.2K
C30
3
6.3V
100
u
C31
4
Z0.1
u
IC30130 RESET31 SCLK32 RXD33 TXD34 LATCH35 START42 KIN03 KIN17 KIN28 KIN311 KIN412 KIN513 KIN614 KIN743 KSL0 41LED5
38LED4
37LED3
36LED2
29D7
28D6
27D5
26D4
25E
24R/W
23RS
22LED1
19XL13
40VDD
17VDD
44 KSL1 2LED61 KSL2 5XL810 KSL3 6XL94 KSL4 XL12 159 XL10 16XL1118 GND 20XL1439 GND 21XL15
SW3523 14 2
R315
100
C31
6
K0.
01u
R31
4
4.7K
SW3533 14 2
R317
100
C31
7
K0.
01u
R31
6
4.7K
+5V
CN3031MICIN
2
3GND
C30
4Z0
.1u
R35
1
330
R35
2
6.8K
C35
4
6.3V
100
u
C30
5J1
00P
C30
2
Z0.1
u C30
8J3
30P
C30
9J3
30P
(
)N
C
R30
4
R318
4.7
+5V
+5V
+5V+5V
+5V
CN3021 GND
2 +5VLCD
3 VO
4 R5
5 R/W
6 E
7 D0
8 D1
9 D2
10 D3
SW301
FAX/START/SET
SW302
BROADCAST
SW303
COPY
SW304
STOP
SW305
RECALL
SW306
1
SW307
7
SW308
4
SW309
*
SW310
REDIAL/PAUSE
SW311
2
SW312
8
SW313
5
SW314
0
SW315
MUTE
SW316
3
SW317
9
SW318
6
SW319
#
SW320
SP-PHONE
SW321 SW323
(+)
SW325
LOCATOR/HOLD
SW326
MENU
SW327
HELP
SW328
AUTO ANSWER
SW329
RECORD
SW330
PLAY MESSAGE
SW331
ERASE
( ) NC
D30
1
C352
K0.0068u
R353
22K
Q301
R35
4
150
R355
560K
R35
6
3.3K
C353
J330P
C35
1
K0.
01u
R30
62.
2KC31
1
Z0.1
u
CN301
1GND
2+5V
3KSTART
4KLATCH
5KRXD
6KTXD
7KSCLK
8RESET
SW324SW322
(-)
R312
270
LED301NEW MESSAGES
+5V
LED302LINE 1
R320
270 +5V
LED303LINE 2
R321
270
SW335
SW332
SW334 SW333
820
R30
7
L351
DOCUMENT SET SW
DOCUMENT TOP SW
TO DIGITAL
TO COB
TO MIC
MIC (+)
MIC (-)
TO DIGITAL
TO LCD
Not used
KX-FC195 : OPERATION BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
265
17.4. POWER SUPPLY BOARD (PCB4)
Cycle = 12.4 s
-55V
25V
0V
Cycle = 12.4 s
-20V
10V
0V
Cycle = 12.4 s
-40V
20V
0V
Cycle = 12.4 s
270V
0V
Cycle = 12.4 s6V
0V
D102 D101
TH101
C10
6
56/4
00
C20
3
470/
35
C11
9R
106
47p
47/2
R13
7
100K
R13
6
100K
R10
2
390K
R10
3
390K
R12
1
10K
C10
8
1000
P1K
C20
1
470/
35
R20
2
1.5K
/2
R22
5V
R20
1R
224
27K
5K3.
3K
R22
2 R22
1
2.2K
2.2KR
203
47
PC
101
D10
5L1
03
R10
9
10C10
5
3300
pF
R12
6
5.6K
C12
2
0.22 C
123
560p
F C10
9
47/3
5
D103
C102
0.1
C103
1000p
L101
ZNR101
R101
1M 1/2
750V
L NCN31
1
GND
R127
PC101
C124
0.1 1.8K
C101
0.22
F10
1
T3.
15A
250V
D104
R105
0.22/2
R124180
C1214700p
4 5
3 6
2 7
1 8
R122
270
R12510K
D107
IC101
D108 R108
15
IC202
R128
100
D106
Q101
G
R104
300K/2
300K/2
T101TRANS
D2011 24V
2 24V
3 24V
4 GND
CN301
5 GND
6 GND
8 GND
9 8V
7 5V
C202
1000p/1K
D202
R223
IC201
C205
1/50100
D
S
C20
4
47/3
5
C206
1000p/1K
R107
KX-FC195 : POWER SUPPLY BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
KX
-FC
195G
-G/
KX
-FC
195GR
-G/
KX
-FC
195JT-G
/K
X-F
C195S
P-G
266
17.5. CORDLESS BASE BOARD (PCB5)
Line Voltage 60VDC
+6VDC ON-HOOK+10VDC OFF-HOOK
+6.5V +4.0V
100u
/6.3
V
C41
F22
0R
R42
F10
0R
R41
TP90
TP91
C40
330u
F/1
0V
TP89
+2.65V
100
R29
R5
220K
212
5
TP39
10p
C19
10p
C18
D2
1.5MR2
R6
180K
100
R30
(
)
C5
N.M
.
R3
220K
R4
180K
1.5MR1
(
)
C60
N.M
.
(
)
Q11N.M
N.MR70
(
)
R71
N.M
.
(
)
R74
N.M
.(
)R
73
N.M
.
(
)
C62
N.M
.
(
)
R72
N.M
.
( )L2
N.M.NC
( )C63
R77
0
Q9
3 ADJ
2VOUT
1 VIN4
VOUT
TP5
C10
2
N.M
.Q104
NC
R105
5.6K
R103
10K
RL1
101
TP2
C10
4
N.M
.
Q102
R102
6.8K
R107
2.7K
C10
3
0.02
2u
R101
2.2K
R10
9
2.7K
R104
0 C100
0.068u
R10
6
2.7K
C101
0.22u
Q103
Q101
R10
8
0
TP204
RL1 8
97
TP201
TP200
CN2
1BUSYRLY
2+24/+12v
CN1
1GND2
2GND1
3LOWIMP
4BUSYTONE
5EARTH
6CDLHOOK7CDLIND
8LOCATOR
9CDL6.5V
10a
11b
R53 NC
R54 0
0.01
u
C49
0.01
u
C74
R82
0R
81N
C
680p/500VC1
C2
C30.022u/250V
C4
0.022u/250V
L10 330
L12
L13
L14
L15
L11
330
C106
C107
C108
C109
C110
C111
C112
0.1u
C11
3
0.1u
C114
0.01u
C115
4700p
R11
0
8.2K
R111
0
R11
2
33K
+2.65V
TP6
TP7
TP202
TP203
TP205
D7
3.3K
R11
3
+6.5V
Q105
C116C117 R117
R11
8J124 0
PC11
2 3
4
Q107
C12
2
N.M
.
SA
1
310V
SA
2
310V
J126
0
ZNR1
ZNR2
IC11
A02
A13
A24
GND5
SDA
6SCL
7WP
8VCC
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)(6)
(7)
(8)(9)
(10)(11)
(12)
(13)(14)
(15)(16)
(17)(18)(19)
(20)
267
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
Cordless H/S TX Signal
Cordless H/S RX Signal
Caller ID Signal
0V : ON-HOOK0.7VDC : OFF-HOOK
0V : ON-HOOK9.8VDC : OFF-HOOK
0V : ON-HOOK3.9VDC : OFF-HOOK
Frequency:10.368MHz
1V
IC2
1VDD2VSS3DRON4RXDSG5RXDA6SYEN7SYDA8SYCL9TXDA
10PAON11SYRI12VDD13VSS14RESETQ15VDDPM16VSSO
17LO
AD
18X
TA
L19
VD
DLR
20LR
B21
VD
DA
22V
SS
A23
AO
N24
AO
P25
BR
EF
26D
LP27
DLN
28A
IN29
AD
RE
F30
AD
RS
SI31
AD
2(M
PC
INP
)32
AD
3
33 PX.034 PX.135 PX.236 PX.337 VDD38 VSS39 SUPEEP40 I2DAT41 I2CLK42 MODE43 R244 R145
45:VBACK/P1.5
46
46:VSS(DSPCLK)
47
47:P1.4(TONE)
48 VDD
49D
SP
IN/P
1.0
50D
SP
OU
T/P
1.1
51D
SP
CLK
/P1.
252
DS
PF
RM
/P1.
353
VS
S54
VD
D55
P0.
056
P0.
157
P0.
258
P0.
359
P0.
460
P0.
561
P0.
662
P0.
763
AN
T1
64A
NT
2
C24
0.1u
C23
0.1u
C37
0.1u
C36
0.1u
C34
0.1u
C30
1800
p
C29
0.06
8u
C28
0.06
8u
C26
0.1u
C27 0.1u
C38
0.1u
C35
0.03
3u
R33NC
R36
0
R35
N.M
.
K0.47C12
3.9K
R18
10u
/50V
C15
(
)
N.M.C9
TP45
( )
N.M.
R15
NC
R17
Q3
100R
R31
(
)
N.M.R13
100n
C20
2K2
R10
( )C8
N.M.
22R
R19
2k7R8
TP97
(
)
C17
N.M
.
390RR25
( )Q4
N.M.
750
R28
33K
R22
(
)
C6
N.M
.
220nC144n
7
C11
10KR9 56
R
R20
TP50
( )N.M.
R11
13K
R16
(
)
C10
N.M
.
100K
R7
100K 2125
R21
R12
0
56R
R23
1
C13
( )N.M.
R14
150n
C16
56R
R32
220n
C22
R38
33
+2.65V
R52 1K
(
)
N.M.
C7
(
)
NC
R56
( )NC
R55
(
)
NC
C51
VBACK
VBACK
+2.65V
R57
10K
+2.65V
10p
C50
R58
10K
+2.65V
C53
N.M
.
( )
Q5N.M.
TP187
TP188
TP
82
J1011
J1021
J1031
J1041
J1051
IC3
5 RSSI6 VCC_OC7 GND8 SYCL9 SYDA
10 SYEN
11 GND
12R
XD
SG
13S
YR
I14
GN
D15
GN
D16
GN
D17
GN
D
18GND
19GND20RXDA21GND22GND23GND24PSEL25PAON26GND27VCC_PA
28GND
29G
ND
30G
ND
31G
ND
32G
ND
33R
F1
34G
NDGND1
GND2GND3TXDA4
10p
C21
L5
4.7u
C105
N.M.
L333u
C71 2p
C70 2p
C58
3p
C5510p
C5610p
DA1
ANT
R7818
0
A2011
C54 3p
R67
39
A2021
R66 39
R79
180
TP1
C722p
C69
2p
C25 16
u/6.
3V
C32 39p
C33
1p
C43
10p
C48 33
p
C66
2p
C67
4.7u
C68
4.7u
L10
D3
D5 D10
Q2
Q6
Q8
X1
10.368MHz
C75
2p
L18 0
10p
C73
Q106
R114
0
R11
5R
116
C118
+2.65V
J125
RL1
3
2
4
C57
1.2n
H
L19
0
C76
10p
C78
10p
C11
9
N.M
.
C12
0
N.M
.L2
00
C12
1N
.M.
10R24
Q7
2.2K
R27
10K
R26
( )C79
N.M.
(
)
N.M.D6
R86 0R87 0R88 0
C81
NC C87
NCC82NC
C84
NC
C85
NC
C83
1p
SDA
SCL
KX-FC195 : CORDLESS BASE BOARD SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
(1)
(2)
(3)
(4)
(5)(6)
(7)
(8)(9)(10)(11)
(12)
(13)(14)
(15)(16)
(17)(18)(19)
(20)
268
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
17.6. HANDSET BOARD (PCB6)Frequency 324KHz
4.3V
0V
2.4V
4.1V DC
2.65V
0V
2.65V0V
2.65V
0V
2.65V 0V
2.65V
0V
Q2
R6
3.3K
IC21
A0
2A1
3A2
4GND
5SDA
6SCL
7WP
8VCC
L2
47uH
Q1
G
S
D
R2
0.3
D1
C15
10V
220
IC1
1P
L.2
92
PL
.30
3V
DD
4V
SS
5P
L.3
16
PL
.32
7P
L.3
38
PL
.34
9P
L.3
51
0D
RO
N1
1R
XD
SG
12
RX
DA
13
SY
EN
14
SY
DA
15
SY
CL
16
TX
DA
17
PY.
01
8P
Y.1
19
PY.
22
0P
Y.3
21
PY.
42
2PA
ON
23
SY
RI
24
VD
D2
5V
SS
26
ON
SW
27
CD
T2
8D
CD
CD
RV
29
DC
DC
CM
R3
0RE
SETQ
31VSSO32LOAD33XTAL34VDDPM35VDDLO36VDDBAT37VDDLR38CHARGE_START(P0.2)39VDDA40VSSA41HON42HOP43BREF44MICS45MICP46MICN47ADREF48ADRSSI49P0.4(ADBAT)50P0.5(AD4N)
51
51:P0.6(AD4P)
52
P0
.35
3P
X.0
54
PX
.15
5P
X.2
56
PL
.05
7P
L.1
58
PL
.25
9P
X.3
60
PX
.46
1P
L.3
62
PL
.46
3V
DD
64
VS
S6
5S
UP
EE
P6
6I2
DAT
67
ISC
LK
68
MO
DE
69
R2
70
R1
71
VB
AC
K/P
0.7
72
PL
.57
3P
L.6
74
PL
.77
5P
L.8
76
PL
.97
7V
DD
LI
78
PL
.10
79
PL
.11
80
PL
.12
81 PL.1382 PL.1483 PL.1584 PL.1685 VSS86 VDD87 PL.1788 P0.089 P0.190 PL.1891 PL.1992 PL.2093 PL.2194 PL.2295 PL.2396 PL.2497 PL.2598 PL.2699 PL.27100 PL.28
C2
K4.
7
R4
10K
C3 K
0.1
S11
S7
S20
S5 S3
S18
S25 S23
S15
S16
S4
S22
S21
S8
S9
C18
K0.
1
C20
K0.
1
C21
K0.1
C22
K0.1
C23
K0.
1
C27
K0.1
R11
0
R210.1
F1
S24S19S14
S2
S1
CN2
1C5
2C4
3C3
4C2
5C1
6C0
7S29
8S28
9S27
10S26
11S25
12S24
13S23
14S22
15S21
16S20
17S19
18S18
19S17
20S16
21S15
22S14
23S13
24S12
25S11
26S10
27S9
28S8
29S7
30S6
31S5
32S4
33S3
34S2
35S1
36S0
TP10
TP8
TP12
TP7
S13
S6
R16NC
R1915K
D2
NC
C33
K2.
2
TP3
TP4
TP5
TP6
S17
TP14
R3
56
C14
10V
220
L4
10uH
L5
10uH
D4
39V
(M)
CN3
1BATTERY+
2BATTERY-
CN1
1CHARGE+
2CHARGE-
TP18
Q3
PX
.0P
X.1
PX
.2
PY.
4P
Y.3
PY.
2P
Y.1
PY.
0
PL.
0P
L.1
PL.
2
PL.
3P
L.4
PL.
5P
L.6
PL.
7P
L.8
PL.
9
PL.
10P
L.11
PL.
12
PL.13PL.14PL.15PL.16
PL.17
PL.18PL.19PL.20PL.21PL.22PL.23PL.24PL.25PL.26PL.27PL.28
PL.
29P
L.30
PL.
31P
L.32
PL.
33P
L.34
PL.
35
PL.0
PL.1
PL.2
PL.3
PL.4
PL.5
PL.6
PL.7
PL.10
PL.12
PL.14
PL.15
PL.17
PL.19
PL.21
PL.25
PL.28
PL.30
PL.32
PL.34
PX
.3P
X.4
PL.8
PL.9
PL.11
PL.13
PL.16
PL.18
PL.20
PL.22
PL.23
PL.24
PL.26
PL.27
PL.29
PL.31
PL.33
PL.35
PX
.1
PX
.0
PY.0
PX
.2
PY.1
PX
.3
PX
.4
PY.4PY.4
PY.3
PY.2
’9’’2’
’4’
’1’
’TEL BOOK’
’7’
’REDIAL’ ’6’
’0’
’R’
’5’
’ ’
’8’
’TALK’
’#’
’3’’LEFT’
’RIGHT’
’Cancel’
’INT’
’DOWN’
’UP’
’*’
’BATT’
’SDA’
’SCL’
’GND’
’VBACK’
(1)
(9)
(7)
(6)
(5)
(4)
(3)
(2)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(19)
(18)
(15)
(8)
(16)(17)
269
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
TX-AF
RX-AF
1.8V DC IN TALK MODE
Frequency 10.368MHz
TX - DATA
RX - DATA
1V
MICR5 330 C4 K0.1
R1 2.2KR7 330
C5
6.3V
4.7
C6
D10
PC
7
K0.
1
R8
330
C8
D10
P
C10
D10
P
C11
D10
P
C16
C1P
C17
J18P
S10
C24 K0.1
C26K0.1
C28 K0.1
C29 K0.1
C30 K0.1
R12NC
C12
D10
P
C31
D10
P
R18 33
C57
J33P
A201
L34.7uH
D3
R20 0
R17 0
TP11
TP1
TP2
R23
2.2
C62
K1.
0C
60K
4.7
R22 0
C63
D10
P
C64
K1.
0
X1
TP13
C55
C2P
C56 C
2P
C54
D10
P
TP17TP16
C65
C2P
C25
NC
D5
NC
C66
C2P
TP15
IC3
5 RSSI6 VCC_OC7 GND8 SYCL9 SYDA10 SYEN
11 GND
12
RX
DS
G1
3S
YR
I1
4G
ND
16
GN
D1
7G
ND
18GND
19GND20RXDA21GND22GND23GND24PAON25GND26GND27VCC_PA
28GND
29
GN
D3
0G
ND
31
GN
D3
2G
ND
33
RF
13
4G
NDGND1
GND2GND3TXDA4
CN5
1 SP+
2 SP-
D6
D7
TP19
R24 0
’POWER’
SP
-+
(1)
(9)
(7)
(6)
(5)(4)
(3)
(2)
(10)
(11)
(12)
(13)
(14)
(19)
(18)
(15)
(8)
(16)(17)
400µs typically
2.5V 0.5V
0V KX-FC195 : PORTABLE HANDSET SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM
270
KX-FC195G-G / KX-FC195GR-G / KX-FC195JT-G / KX-FC195SP-G
YKXFC195GG, KXFC195GRGKXFC195JTG, KXFC195SPG